n   in g
     a
   e s
 L r    r
e e                 arn ingp
                                      ape rs.eu



    pl edition
        w.ele


 acia
     ww


Ppe
 S
       Designing for learning
      	
       Typologies of Learning Design and the
       introduction of a “LD-Type 2” case example

      	 sing patterns to design technology-enhanced
       U
       
       learning scenarios

      	
       Students as learning designers: Using social
        media to scaffold the experience
      	
       Blended Collaborative Constructive Participation
       
       (BCCP): A model for teaching in higher education
      	
       Knowledge-building: Designing for learning using social
        and participatory media
      	
       Creating Invitational Online Learning Environments Using
       
       Art-Based Learning Interventions
Credits




eLearning
Papers
       www.elearningpapers.eu




Special edition


           Mission Statement
           eLearning Papers aims to make innovative ideas and practices in the field of learning more visible
           by highlighting different perspectives involving the use of technology.




eLearning Papers
eLearning Papers is a digital publication created as part of the elearningeuropa.info portal.
The portal is an initiative of the European Commission to promote the use of multimedia
technologies and Internet at the service of education and training.
The articles provide views regarding the current situation and e-learning trends in different
contexts: schools, universities, companies, civil society and institutions. As such, the journal
adds a new dimension to the exchange of information on e-learning in Europe and stimulates
research. eLearning Papers provides authors with an opportunity to have their texts published
throughout Europe. Through these articles, the journal promotes the use of ICT for lifelong
learning in Europe.



eLearning Papers Special Edition 2011 edited by:



ISBN: 84-8294-664-1
Muntaner 262, 3º, 08021 Barcelona (Spain)
http://www.paueducation.com

Design: Mar Nieto

Phone: +34 933 670 406
editorial@elearningeuropa.info
http://www.elearningpapers.eu




Legal notice and copyright
By elearningeuropa.info and eLearning Papers.

The views expressed are purely those of the authors and may not in any circumstances be regarded as stating an official position of the European
Commission. Neither the European Commission nor any person acting on its behalf is responsible for the use which might be made of the information
contained in the present publication. The European Commission is not responsible for the external web sites referred to in the present publication.

The texts published in this journal, unless otherwise indicated, are subject to a Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-NoDerivativeWorks 3.0
Unported licence. They may be copied, distributed and broadcast provided that the author and the e-journal that publishes them, eLearning Papers, are
cited. Commercial use and derivative works are not permitted. The full licence can be consulted on http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/




eLearning
Papers
  www.elearningpapers.eu




Special edition                 Credits   Contents      Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions        Editorial
Contents


                                                                                            eLearning
                                                                                            Papers
                                                                                                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                                                                                            Special edition
                                                                                            Designing for learning




                           Contents
                           Editorial....................................................................................................................6


                           In-depth....................................................................................................................7
                           Typologies of Learning Design and the introduction of a “LD-Type 2”
                           case example......................................................................................................................... 8
                           Using patterns to design technology-enhanced learning scenarios............................... 24
                           Students as learning designers: Using social media to scaffold the experience........... 34
                           Blended Collaborative Constructive Participation (BCCP):
                           A model for teaching in higher education......................................................................... 41



                           From the field.........................................................................................................52
                           Knowledge-building: Designing for learning using social
                           and participatory media...................................................................................................... 53
                           Creating Invitational Online Learning Environments
                           Using Art-Based Learning Interventions............................................................................ 61




eLearning
Papers
  www.elearningpapers.eu




Special edition            Credits          Contents            Editorial Board            Guidelines for submissions               Editorial
Editorial Board                                [ +]

                           Tapio Koskinen, Head of New Solutions,                                Jean Underwood, Professor of Psychology
                           Aalto University Professional Development                             Nottingham Trent University, UK
                           (Aalto PRO). Aalto. Finland [ +]                                      United Kingdom [ +]

                           Lieve Van den Brande, Senior                                          Jos Beishuizen, Professor of educational
                           Policy Officer, European Commission.                                  science and Director of the Centre for
                           Belgium [ +]                                                          Educational Training, Assessment and Research
                                                                                                 VU University Amsterdam.Netherlands [ +]
                                                                                             

                           Pierre-Antoine Ullmo, Founder and Director.                           Matty Smith, Programme Director
                           P.A.U. Education.                                                     European Learning Industry Group (ELIG)
                           Spain [ +]                                                            United Kingdom [ +]

                           Lluís Tarín, Strategic and Leadership Advisor                         Nicolas Balacheff, Kaleidoscope Scientifi c
                           Jesuites Education                                                    Manager; Senior Scientist at CNRS (National
                           Spain [ +]                                                            Scientifi c Research Center), France [ +]

                           Antonio Bartolomé, Audiovisual Communication                          Ulf-Daniel Ehlers, Director of the European
                           Professor. University of Barcelona                                    Foundation for Quality in E-Learning
                           Spain [ +]                                                            University of Duisburg-Essen
                                                                                                 Germany [ +]
                           Claire Bélisle, CNRS Research Engineer, France                        Wojciech Zielinski, Chairman of the Board
                           LIRE (University Lyon 2  CNRS)                                       of MakoLab Ltd; Member of the Board of
                           [ +]                                                                  Association of Academic E-learning,
                                                                                                 Poland [ +]


Peer-reviewers                         [ +]

Anabela Mesquita. Higher Education. ISCAP Portugal
                                         .                                       Giuliano Vivanet. Higher Education. Università degli Studi di
Avgoustos Tsinakos. Higher Education. TEI KAVALAS. Greece                        Cagliari. Italy
Axel Schwarz. Administrative. Germany                                            Guillaume Durin. Higher Education. Jean Moulin Lyon 3
                                                                                 University (France). France
Bulent Cavas. Higher Education. Dokuz Eylul University. Turkey
                                                                                 Lucilla Crosta. eLearning specialist. Kelidon Association
Carlos Morales. Executive or managerial. Sistema Universitario
Ana G. Méndez. Outside Europe                                                    Nuno Garcia. Higher Education. Universidade Lusófona de
                                                                                 Humanidades e Tecnologias. Portugal
Chris Douce. Higher Education. Open University. United
Kingdom                                                                          Pedro Maya Álvarez. Executive or managerial. Divulgación
                                                                                 Dinámica S.L.Spain
Claudia Panico. Higher Education. Università Gabriele
D’ nnunzio Chieti. Italy
 A                                                                               Santiago Palacios. Higher Education. Universidad del País
                                                                                 Vasco. Spain
Evangelos Marinos. Higher Education. Athens Medical School.
Greece                                                                           Paula Peres. Higher Education. PAOL. Portugal
Emmanuel Bellengier. Executive or managerial. UI Learning.                      Alfredo Soeiro. Portugal
France




Chief Editor
                           Jimena Márquez, P.A.U. Education
                           [ +]




eLearning
Papers
  www.elearningpapers.eu




Special edition                      Credits      Contents     Editorial Board   Guidelines for submissions      Editorial
Guidelines
for submissions


In-depth                                                                From the field
  In-Depth articles are full-length texts that discuss current            From the field articles are synopses of current practices
  findings from research or long-term studies. They should                or studies taking place within Europe or beyond. They
  have the following characteristics:                                     should have the following characteristics:

  −  cademic focus: Articles must be original, scientifically
    A                                                                     − Brief communications: These articles should summarise
    accurate and informative, reporting on new                               experiencies and practices in education, innovation and
    developments and recently concluded projects.                            technology with a focus on the applied methodologies
                                                                             and impact evaluation.
  −  n good form editorially: Successful articles are clear and
    I
    precise. They should develop their argument coherently                −  n good form editorially: Successful articles are clear and
                                                                            I
    and present a unity of thought.                                         precise, they should concisely communicate the key
                                                                            points of the practice being discussed.
  −  ength: Articles should range from 4,000 to 6,000
    L
    words.                                                                − Length: Should not exceed 1,200 words.




  All article submissions should be in DOC format and must include the following:

  −  anguage: Both articles and
    L                                              In-Depth summaries should not                    captions for each image and indicate
    summaries must be in English.                  exceed 200 words. From the field                 where they should be placed in the
    Authors are responsible for ensuring           summaries should not exceed 50                   text.
    the correct use of English in their            words.
    texts, and translations should be                                                           −  eferences: References must
                                                                                                  R
    revised before submission. Please            −  ey words: Authors should include
                                                   K                                              be accurately cited following
    note that the journal gives strong             up to 5 relevant key words.                    international standards, please
    preference to articles that are                                                               consult the online guidelines for
                                                 −  onclusions: Special importance
                                                   C                                              more details: www.elearningpapers.
    correctly translated in a legible              is given to the representation of
    manner.                                                                                       eu/index.php?page=collab_guide
                                                   the conclusions. Articles must go
  −  itle: Must effectively and creatively
    T                                              beyond telling about a research              −  uthor profile: Author name,
                                                                                                  A
    communicate the content of the                 process and its methodology and                institution, position and email
    article and may include a subtitle.            provide an analysis of the findings.           address must accompany each
                                                   Conclusions should be clearly stated           submission. For multiple authors,
  −  ummary: This is not an executive
    S                                              both in the summary and at the end             please specify the relationship of
    summary but rather should                      of the article.                                authors (ie, if a work is co-authored,
    communicate the key points and                                                                if there is a principal author, etc.)
    conclusions of the article to a large        − Images: Please send high-resolution
    audience. It should be written in               JPEG files of all images you wish to
    an attractive and accessible manner.            include in the article. Please include


Authors are encouraged to consult the website for the most recent call for papers:
www.elearningpapers.eu




eLearning
Papers
  www.elearningpapers.eu




Special edition            Credits   Contents       Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions       Editorial
Editorial
Designing for learning
New open, social and participatory              effective learning activities, it offers a          In From the Field, two classroom
media clearly have significant potential        potential solution to address some of               models are shared. Each report offers
to transform learning and teaching.             the challenges above. This 27th edition             an example of teachers who have taken
They offer learners and teachers a              of eLearning Papers focuses on learning             personalised approaches to integrating
plethora of ways to communicate                 design, with the aim of clarifying and              learning design strategies into their
and collaborate; to connect with a              disseminating different perspectives and            every day practices.
distributed network of peers, and to            practices in the field.
find and manipulate information. In                                                                 Taken together the articles in this
addition there are now a significant            The articles in this issue’s In-depth               special issue provide an up to date
range of free educational resources and         section address how to best understand              and authoritative overview of the
tools.                                          and use learning design, both in                    field of learning design research and
                                                terms of tools and methodologies.                   demonstrate the diversity of research
While there is great interest in using          The first pair of articles look at                  that is going on in this area. “Designing
these new technologies to the benefit of        practical conceptualisations of learning            for learning is the key challenge facing
learning and teaching, there seems to be        design, supported by case examples.                 education today – practitioners need
a gap between the promise and reality           Dobozy’s paper offers a three-tiered                guidance and support to ensure that
of the use of technology in education.          categorisation of learning design, while            their design is pedagogically informed
There is also a lack of evidence that           Buendía-García and Benlloch-Dualde’s                and effective, making innovative use of
education has changed fundamentally             study attempts to track patterns in                 the affordances that new technologies
in light of the introduction of new             different learning scenarios and applies            offer” (Conole, G. Designing for
technologies into the classroom. This           them to new learning design contexts.               learning in an open world, New York:
paradox, the gap between the potential          The second pair of articles reviews                 Springer)
and actual use of technology, lies at           blended teaching or the increased
the heart of the growth of a new area           participation of students in designing
of research that has emerged in recent          learning. Cameron and Tanti look at the             Gráinne Conole
years.                                          usefulness of social media in authorising           University of Leicester, UK.
                                                students to actively design their                   [ +]
Learning design research aims to                learning processes and Beatrice reviews
better understand this mismatch. By             six years of experimentation with a
focussing on the development of tools,                                                              Tapio Koskinen
                                                Blended Collaborative Constructive                  www.elearningpapers.eu
design methods and approaches to                Participation (BCCP) model at the                   Director of the Editorial Board
help teachers design pedagogically              university level.                                   [ +]




eLearning
Papers
  www.elearningpapers.eu




Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
In-depthFostering analysis and discussion
                            on Learning trends in Europe




            g
                              T
                               ypologies of Learning Design and the




         in
                              introduction of a “LD-Type 2” case example




       n
                              U
                               sing patterns to design




     r
                              technology-enhanced learning scenarios




   a
  e s
                              S
                               tudents as learning designers: Using
                              social media to scaffold the experience




 L r
e e
                              B
                               lended Collaborative Constructive

                                                                       rs.eu
                              Participation (BCCP): A model for teaching in
                              higher education
                                                               p   ape
                                                 rning


  p
                                             lea
                        ww.e


 a
                      w


P
 eLearning
 Papers
   www.elearningpapers.eu




 Special edition                   Credits    Contents   Editorial Board   Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
8    eLearningPapers



                Typologies of Learning Design
In-depth




                and the introduction of a “LD-Type 2”
                case example [ ]
                Authors
                Eva Dobozy
                School of Education
                Edith Cowan University
                [ +]


                                                                                                                                                 Introduction
                                           This paper explores the need for greater clarity in the
               Summary



                                                                                                                                                 Technology-mediated life experiences
                                           conceptualisation of Learning Design (LD). Building on
                                           Cameron’s (2010) work, a three-tiered LD architecture is                                              are on the increase. This ‘ICT-
                                           introduced. It is argued that this conceptualisation is needed                                        isation’ (Rush, 2008) or ‘digital turn’
                                           in order to advance the emerging field of LD as applied to                                            (Buchanan, 2011) of all aspects of our
                                           education research.                                                                                   lives, through the increased importance
                                                                                                                                                 that is placed on technology-
                                           This classification differentiates between LD as a concept (LD                                        mediated (inter)action, is, so it could
                                           Type 1), LD as a process (LD Type 2), and LD as a product                                             be expected, also greatly affecting
                                           (LD Type 3). The usefulness of the three types is illustrated by a                                    all levels of education. However,
                                           case example of a virtual history fieldtrip module constructed in                                     a recent study found that many
                                           LAMS as Type 2 LD. This case shows the workflow from LD Type                                          Australian and Canadian secondary
                                           1 to LD Type 2, followed by LD Type 3 research and development                                        and primary History classrooms still
                                           data. History as a learning area was chosen in this paper for its                                     operate in traditional ways, showing
                                           ability to illustrate LD concepts and the interrelationship of LD                                     the same war movies to various year
                                           types.                                                                                                groups, using outdated textbooks and
                                           The case serves to illustrate the foundations, scope and ambitions                                    taking children to the local museum
                                           of this learning design project, which was underpinned by an                                          (Clarke 2008). As one student in
                                           educational psychology framework and firmly linked to the goals                                       Clarke’s (2008) study observed: “The
                                           of the new Australian curriculum. The purpose of LD as process                                        videos are shocking and some of the
                                           is to inform other teachers of the affordance of LD, providing                                        textbooks, too, are like from 1988,
                                           contextualised data and to invite critique of particular TEL                                          and that’s how old we are’ (p. 7). This
                                           practices.                                                                                            research finding echoes others and is
                                                                                                                                                 illustrative of two problems in teacher
                                                                                                                                                 and school education in Australia and
                                                                                                                                                 elsewhere: (a) the persistent disconnect
                                                                                                                                                 between students’ ‘life world’ and
                                                                                                                                                 classroom experiences, and (b) the
                                                                                                                                                 ineffectiveness of ‘ad-hock’ and ‘add-on
                                           Tags                                                                                                  professional development solutions’ to
                                           learning design, LAMS, Australian                                                                     the traditional teacher-centric, whole-
                                           curriculum, history teaching                                                                          class pedagogical strategies that have
                                                                                                                                                 been successfully applied over the last
                                                                                                                                                 few decades in schools and teacher
                                                                                                                                                 education in Australia.



                Languages
                cz        da           de     bg   et    el       es   fr     it   lv   lt     hu    nl   pl   pt    ro    sk   sl   fi   sv




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition                         Credits             Contents         Editorial Board        Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
9   eLearningPapers
In-depth




               The teaching and learning of effective           Littlejohn, 2009). There is still                 in the educational psychology literature
               technology-enhanced and/or mediated             reluctance in the education community               referred to as ‘technological pedagogical
               learning design that is student-centric         to embrace TEL as possibly providing                content knowledge (TPCK) (Juang, Liu,
               and highly personalised and teachers’           more effective learning opportunities                Chan, 2008). Despite the variety of
               general understanding of the value-             than traditional, whole-class face-                 terms used, the phrase ‘learning design’
               added nature of new developments                to-face teaching, because it is highly              seems to gain prominence in Australia
               in pedagogy is urgently needed (see             interactive, flexible, personalised and             and the United Kingdom. Nevertheless,
               Dobozy, forthcoming). The ‘digital              relevant to today’s students (Conole,               the increased use of the term ‘learning
               literacies’ component of the curriculum         Brasher, Cross, et al. 2008; Ertmer, 2005).         design’, without a specific definition
               will need to be introduced to teacher                                                               of its meaning, makes it problematic
               education students, not only in an                                                                  to further this emerging field of study.
               isolated ICT workshop or spcialised             Learning Design 101                                 For example, in their recent Open
               professional development course, but            This paper utilises History teaching                Education Resource impact study, Liz
               rather will need reinforcement and              and learning in the new Australian                  Masterman and Joanne Wild (2011)
               modeling through the embedding of               curriculum as a learning area case                  used the term ‘learning design’ close
               TEL as part of their ‘normal’ learning          example. Nevertheless, what is under                to thirty times, mixing and matching
               experience and situated in context.             review here is not so much the learning             it with other common educational
               The inclusion of technology-enhanced            content, but rather the pedagogical                 terms to construct phrases such as
               curriculum design and the expansion             approaches taken that support the                   ‘learning design tools’, ‘learning design
               of traditional modes of learning and            learning of the required content.                   environments’, ‘open learning designs’,
               teaching have to be documented in               In the case of pre-service teachers’                and even refer to ‘the learning design
               a way that is accessible to teachers,           learning about History and historical               approach’ without defining the concept.
               providing a nexus between theory                literacy, the content of the compulsory             Conducting research into Learning
               and applied practice. This will allow           social studies units inevitably includes            Design demands an understanding of
               pre-service and in-service teachers to          pedagogical content knowledge (Fisher,              the concept and the development of
               become cognisant of the range of new            Higgings  Loveless, 2006). In the                  shared understanding among researchers
               pedagogical strategies and enable them          recent educational literature, this area            and participants. The lack of conceptual
               to develop an informed view about               of study, which increasingly involves               clarity leads to confusion as Berggren
               the effectiveness (or otherwise) of             technology to enhance learning, is                  and colleagues (2005) powerfully
               current teaching and learning practices.        referred to as ‘learning design’ (Dalziel,          illustrate:
               Increasingly the educational literature         2009); ‘instructional design’ (Chu 
               is critical of formal education’s ability       Kennedy, 2011); ‘curriculum design’                 The initial immersion into Learning
               to provide learners with opportunities          (Ferrell, 2011); ‘educational design’               Design gave us an experience of
               that enable them to develop knowledge           (Goodyear  Ellis, 201), ‘design for                confusion over terms,concepts and
               and skills needed in a globalised and           learning’ (Beetham  Sharpe, 2007),                 tools. Our group constantly mixed
               networked world (Beetham, McGill                ‘design-based learning’(Wijen, 2000) or             discussions amongst conceptual points,




               eLearning
               Papers
                 www.elearningpapers.eu




               Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
10    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                codified specifications and multiple              more insight into the learning design              (see Dobozy, Campbell,  Cameron,
                tools which are in various stages of              construct.                                         2011); LD makes the teaching and
                development.                                                                                         learning process explicit to teachers
                                                                  Echoing Cameron’s (2010) views that                and learners, therewith contributing to
                Teachers will need to grasp these                 the emerging field of LD holds great               teacher and/or learner accountability
                differences before a meaningful                   promises, it is contended that the                 and reflection. The potential for quality
                discussion can take place. (p. 4)                 consistent structure for experimenting,            improvement of learning and/or
                                                                  documenting, reflecting and sharing                teaching is possible precisely because it
                The following table is taking Cameron’s           teaching and learning strategies allows            is a cycle of innovation, dissemination
                (2010) classification work as a starting          for the development of generic models              translation and transformation, which
                point. Synthesising and adapting her              as templates to be used in a variety               can be conceptualised as a new,
                conceptualisation of learning design              of contexts and with diverse students.             community-based, ecological paradigm
                (LD), the purpose here is to make                 Following specific design norms,                   of teacher learning (Berggren, Burgos,
                meaning of this elusive concept and               underpinned by social constructivist               Fontana et. al., 2005). The underpinning
                contribute another tentative construct            and/or connectivist learning theories              notion of LD, as expressed in Table1,
                that can be advanced further as we gain

                 Type                      Description                                             Goal
                 LD – Type 1:              LD as a concept, underpinned by social                  A documentation of the establishment,
                 LD as a concept           constructivist/connectivist learning theory, is         benchmarking and testing of and adherence to
                                           a standardised (re)presentation of technology-          design-based principles and practices with the
                                           enhanced learning sequences and prescribed              aim of providing a theoretical foundation to assure
                                           design-based procedures that are content                consistency and contribute to the testability of the
                                           independent.                                            effectiveness of this new theoretical construct.
                 LD – Type 2:              LD as a process is an illustration of the               Providing a documentation of process in a particular
                 LD as a process           interpretation of the generic LD principles and an      context, with the aim of informing other teachers of
                                           attempt of the implementation of LD into practice       the affordance of LD (benefits, obstacles and risks)
                                           by outlining learning intent, planning and enacting     through a detailed explanation of experiences of
                                           of a particular learning sequence in context, which     various stakeholders.
                                           includes subject-specific content.
                 LD – Type 3:              LD as a product is a documentation of teacher and       Providing a documentation of process with the aim
                 LD as a product           student roles and resources needed (similar to          to construct a model, template or pre-engineered
                                           documenting and sharing paper lesson plans) in the      learning construct to share with other teachers to be
                                           enactment of a particular LD sequence.                  adopted, adapted and enhanced.

                Table 1: Typologies of Learning Design




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits     Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
11    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                                                                                                        Work flow


                                                                   LD concept                  LD processes in context                 LD model or template



                                                                Figure 1: Conceptual structure of LD type integration




                is that learning design can be classified       LD (Type 1) is a conceptual construct                way these online learning systems are
                according to type (Type 1: LD as                making explicit epistemological and                  conceptualised and used by lecturing
                concept; Type 2: LD as process, and Type        technological integration attempts by                staff and students. Whereas LMS are
                3: LD as product). It is argued here            the designer of a particular learning                used mainly as resource repositories and
                that unless there is greater clarity about      sequence or series of learning                       for management purposes, LAMS seems
                the LD classification, the advancement          sequences. The design process                        to have a pedagogical focus (see also
                of learning design knowledge may be             is generally informed by social                      Dalziel, 2005).
                inhibited.                                      constructivist and/or connectivist
                                                                learning theories and aims to share
                How these various types of LD                   the LD theory/praxis nexus in an                     Traditional history teaching
                seamlessly integrate is illustrated in          attempt to open the LD sequence/s                    and the new Australian
                Figure 1                                        up for adaption, adoption and/or                     curriculum
                                                                enhancement.
                LD as a process is an illustration of the                                                            History as a learning area has gained
                learning intent, planning and enacting          Based on this conceptualisation of LD                prominence in the new Australian
                of a particular learning sequence in            – Type 1, the Type 2 LD was built as an              curriculum, which is currently being
                context, which includes subject-specific        online module constructed in LAMS                    developed. Although it is not the
                content. What the above discussion              and seamlessly embedded through a                    first time a national curriculum is
                alerts to and Figure 1 illustrates is that it   plug-in in the Blackboard LMS. It was                on the agenda, it is the first time it
                is imperative to make explicit the way          designed to introduce undergraduate                  is being actualised. The reason given
                LD is conceptualised (Type 1), prior to         and/or graduate diploma teacher                      by the current Federal Government
                engaging with LD as a process (Type 2),         education students enrolled in the                   concerning the need for a national
                applying LD – Type 1 principles. Hence,         compulsory Society and Environment                   curriculum, which is “one of the
                in what follows, I offer an alternative,        units (SSE2105/SSE4215) to the                       first in the world to be delivered
                more precise description of LD to               principles and practices of virtual                  online”, is “to ensure Australians are
                the one outlined in Table 1, prior to           history teaching, through the illustration           armed with the knowledge and skills
                providing an example of LD as a process         of the nature and purpose of virtual                 to meet the demands of the 21st
                (Type 2 LD), illustrating the learning          History fieldtrips. LAMS is an ideal tool            Century” (Australian Labor, 2011). The
                intent, planning and enacting of one            for the actualisation of LD, described               inclusion of History in the first phase
                learning design sequence in LAMS.               by Dalziel (2005) as a ‘learning design              of the development of the Australian
                The definition of LD (Type 1) offered           system’ (p. 1), which is remarkably                  Curriculum is based on the realisation
                below is somewhat different from the            different from conventional LMS, such                that today’s young are generally
                adopted work of Cameron (2010) and              as Blackboard, Moodle or Desire2Learn                disinterested in and ill-informed about
                is reflecting my current understanding          (Dobozy, Reynolds,  Schonwetter,                    Australia’s system of government, its
                of LD (Type 1) in an attempt to provide         2011). The major difference described                current role in a globalised world and
                a system of classification:                     by Dobozy et. al. (2011) is in the                   its recent history. An example of the




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
12    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                lack of historical literacy is provided         students can be attributed to learning              the curriculum material. History
                in a report prepared by the Ministerial         design issues. Teachers note that there             education includes the goal to commit
                Council on Education, Employment,               are often insufficient resources available          students, at all levels of education, to
                Training and Youth Affairs (2006),              and students generally find the subject             become active and informed citizens,
                which explains that the vast majority           area ‘boring’:                                      able and willing to express their own
                of Year 10 students (77%) in a national                                                             views and to be creative in the pursuit
                Civics and Citizenship proficiency              Students are sick of repeating topics and           of knowledge. Hence, it is important
                assessment did not know that the                boring material; they want engaging                 to engage students of History with
                Australia Day celebrations are attributed       teachers who love what they do and                  questions of values, beliefs and
                to the arrival of the first fleet of 11         can bring imagination to their lessons.             attitudes that relate to the teaching
                ships from the British motherland in            For their part, teachers and curriculum             and learning of historical facts and
                1788. A more recent study conducted             officials also want the subject to come             concepts. Therewith students develop
                by Clarke (2008) into the ways                  alive in the classroom and to be as                 their historical literacy as outlined by
                students and teachers think about               relevant and interesting as they feel it            the Australian Curriculum Assessment
                Australia’s history found that there is an      can and should be. (Clarke, 2008, p. 11)            and Reporting Agency (ACARA)
                acknowledgement of the importance of                                                                in the new Australian curriculum
                                                                Given Clarke’s findings, which support
                the learning area, but the disconnection                                                            (ACARA, 2011), rather than simply
                                                                the evidence provided by MEETYA
                of students with History as a subject                                                               learning to remember disjointed facts.
                                                                (2006) concerning students’ lack
                matter is attributed to the way it is                                                               This holistic conception of History
                                                                of interest in and understanding of
                taught. Clarke (2008) observes:                                                                     teaching includes the development
                                                                History, it was seen as imperative that
                                                                                                                    of affective processes and cognitive
                While … students overwhelmingly                 teacher education needed to take some
                                                                                                                    information processing (O’Donnell,
                acknowledge the importance of learning          responsibility and review its history
                                                                                                                    Dobozy, Bartlett et. al., forthcoming).
                about the national history in school,           teaching curriculum. As a result,
                                                                                                                    The virtual history fieldtrip module
                many of them criticise the subject for          novel pedagogical approaches were
                                                                                                                    that was constructed in LAMS and is
                being boring and repetitive. …[T]               introduced in the compulsory unit
                                                                                                                    used here as a case example, illustrates
                eachers frequently felt disappointed they       Society  Environment (SSE2105/
                                                                                                                    the balancing of different learning
                couldn’t do more for the classes. And           SSE4215) at our university. The design
                                                                                                                    goals as set out by ACARA (2011). It is
                even in those schools with better access        of the curriculum was based on
                                                                                                                    underpinned by a social constructivist
                to resources there remains the question         inquiry-based and interactive learning
                                                                                                                    and/or connectivist epistemology. The
                of how teachers use the material                principles and informed by latest
                                                                                                                    aim of the LAMS learning module
                available to them. (p. 5)                       research (Hill  Fetherston, 2010).
                                                                                                                    was to provide experiential learning
                                                                The learning design had to make
                                                                                                                    opportunities for teacher education
                Clarke’s (2008) research found that the         the learning area relevant to teacher
                                                                                                                    students and introduce them to a new
                main reason of frustration with the             education students and provide ways
                                                                                                                    way of history learning and teaching
                learning area reported by teachers and          to engage them with each other and
                                                                                                                    that is cost-effective, interactive and




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
13    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                responds to school students’ interest in
                and knowledge of Web 2.0 applications
                (Chu,  Kennedy, 2011).


                LD – Type 2 case example:
                The virtual history module
                in LAMS
                The virtual history module commenced
                with a general introduction about
                online history teaching, alerting to
                the extensive resources and various
                mediascapes developed recently by
                Australian and international educational
                authorities (see Figure 2 for an author’s
                view of the complete module).

                One of the many attractive features of
                LAMS, as a learning design platform, is
                the possibility of seamless integration
                of external resources into the learning
                                                                Figure 2: Author’s view of virtual History learning module
                activity, making access easy and
                convenient for learners (see Figure 3).
                Students can choose to explore as many          sense of agency in students. The new                  range of materialities of texts and
                of the outside resources provided as            mode of communication, referred                       who then highlight the materiality;
                they see practicable or useful for their        to by Anne Wysocki (2004) as ‘new                     such composers design texts that help
                learning, or simply engage with the set         media texts’, provides a platform for                 readers/consumers/viewers stay alert
                activity.                                       various forms of engagement with the                  to how any text-like its composers and
                                                                multitude of resources that are ‘pulled               readers- doesn’t function independently
                The deliberate composition of
                                                                into’ the particular learning activity.               of how it is made and in what contexts.
                multimedia texts, taking advantage of
                                                                Wysocki (2004) explained the value of                 Such composers design texts that make
                the possibility of multimodality (Kress,
                                                                this form of LD as follows:                           as overtly visible as possible the values
                2010) of technology-enhanced learning
                                                                                                                      they embody. (p. 15)
                design, incorporating YouTube videos,           I think we should call ‘new media
                digital archive documents, webpages,            texts’ those that have been made by                   The composition described here is
                blog entries etc, aims to encourage a           composers who are aware of the                        the learning design process (Type 2),




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions          Editorial
14    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                                                                                             Figure 3
                                                                                             Seamless integration of external resources
                                                                                             into LAMS activities




                which, naturally, is underpinned by LD          and secondary school excursions and                   context. Hence, it will continue to
                principles (Type 1) and the definition          fieldtrip memories (see Figure 4).                    outline the design steps of this learning
                of LD provided above. It offers                                                                       module in some detail. The personal
                opportunities for personal exchange             The particular design sparked interest                experience sharing activity is followed
                in conjunction with the acquisition             and encouraged students to participate                by the dissemination of technical and
                of new information provided through             actively in the discussions, sharing                  pedagogical information concerning
                multiple media resources and activities.        personal experiences. Following the                   the organisation of History Excursions
                The deliberate design provides an               goal of LD – Type 2, this section of the              (see Figure 5).
                avenue for student agency and freedom           paper is concerned with documenting
                (see Dobozy, 1999).                             the design process in a particular

                Following on from the general
                introduction to the module, the
                learning sequence commenced with
                a statement about the common
                occurrence of fieldtrips in social
                studies classes and their relevance
                in the new Australian curriculum.
                It made reference to and built on
                students’ previous curriculum topics
                in educational psychology units
                                                                Figure 4
                concerning ‘cooperative learning’,              Interactive forum activity exploring personal experiences
                ‘student motivation’ and ‘personal
                values developments’. This introduction
                segment, which was linking to various
                current national policy documents
                and information from previous units
                was then followed by an interactive
                learning activity developed using
                the LAMS Forum tool. The task was
                purposely designed to ground the
                policy document review and past
                unit reference information by way
                of connecting them with personal
                experiences during students’ primary            Figure 5
                                                                Fieldtrip preparation – linking personal experiences with pedagogical knowledge




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
15    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                As depicted in Figure 6, a case scenario
                was constructed that requires students’
                input and deep engagement with
                the subject matter. The real-world
                case scenario was inviting learners to
                analyse their prior knowledge, and
                synthesise the theoretical and practical
                information to arrive at a conceptual
                framework that can be discussed and
                debated with peers.

                Following on from requesting students
                to provide their ideas and considerations
                to a number of questions, a list of
                possible locations for the History              Figure 6 – parts (a) and (b) Scenario-based collaborative learning
                Excursion is provided. The activity
                then invited students to review possible
                excursion sites that do not include
                the typical local museum trips, but
                instead provide attractive alternatives,
                complete with links to websites and
                other multimedia resources. Students
                are required to explain their top three
                preferred history excursion places and
                calculating the financial cost and time
                investment for one of their choices.
                Completing the segment on the
                customary physical history fieldtrip,
                students were then introduced to the
                concept of virtual history fieldtrips and
                their organisations, again complete with
                external links and plenty of resources
                (see Figure 7).

                Only after exploring traditional physical
                fieldtrip preparations and reflecting
                on personal past experiences did
                the module progress to outline the
                nature and purpose of virtual history           Figure 7
                                                                Experiential, problem-based learning example
                fieldtrips. Many practising and trainee




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions       Editorial
16    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                                                                                                                    Figure 8
                                                                                                                    Collaborative reflection about pedagogical
                                                                                                                    reality in primary classrooms




                teachers have limited knowledge                 The final discussion activity intended              the LD classification, learning design
                and understanding of virtual history            to draw learners’ attention to the vast             research and development activities
                fieldtrips, their purpose, organisation         time investments required of teachers               may not advance at the rate possible
                and benefits for teachers and learners          and financial costs associated with                 otherwise. History as a learning area
                (Brush, Saye, Kale, et. al., 2009). Hence,      traditional History fieldtrips. This                was chosen to illustrate LD concepts
                it was important to provide teacher             LAMS module was designed to engage                  and the interrelationship of LD types.
                education students with sufficient              teacher education students, many of                 The introduction of the nature and
                information and interaction possibilities       whom were, similar to the school                    purpose of virtual history fieldtrips to
                to experience the preparation and               students they will be teaching in the               pre-service teachers as a particular case
                enactment of various forms of history           not so distant future, not particularly             example of LD – Type 2 illustrated the
                excursion.                                      interested in or excited about                      pedagogical strength of LAMS as a LD
                                                                History as a learning area. Providing               system, enabling the documentation
                The virtual history fieldtrip activity          more opportunity to (a) connect                     and critiquing of all types of LD. The
                (see Figure 7) was designed to be the           personal experiences with theoretical               virtual history fieldtrip case example
                highlight of the module, providing              information (such as illustrated in this            makes explicit the pedagogical
                a clear example and experience of a             LD-Type 2 example), and (b) enlist                  decision-making of teachers and
                virtual history fieldtrip based around a        Web 2.0 technologies in teaching and                operationalisation of the decisions taken.
                problem to be solved in collaboration           learning, for example, through virtual              The LD – Type 2 is, as noted above,
                with peers. Teacher education students          history fieldtrips, may help students gain          illustrating LD process in a particular
                were able to experience the benefits            interest in and connect with the new                context, with the aim of informing
                of accessing multimedia resources that          Australian curriculum. Although this                other teachers of the affordance of
                have been carefully chosen and linked           module did not form part of students’               LD and also to invite critique of
                in with the activity. Using LD – Type 1         assessment requirements of the unit,                particular, contextualised learning and
                principles, the module was constructed          it was encouraging to see the general               teaching processes. Hence, it is a case
                in a way that permitted students to             interest in and engagement with the                 illustration, not of a ‘perfect’ case, but
                spend as much or as little time with            curriculum content provided.                        rather, in the sense of ‘perpetual beta’
                the additional resource material                                                                    of a ‘case in the state of becoming’. For
                provided, dipping into the movie                                                                    this conceptualisation to be feasible,
                or watching the complete segment,               Discussion                                          it is vital that pedagogical, conceptual
                depending on interest and motivation.           The underpinning notion of LD,                      and epistemological considerations
                Self-regulation and the mobilisation            as exemplified in this paper, is that               are documented and shared with the
                of intrinsic motivation are both vital          learning design can be classified                   wider professional community. In this
                21st century learning skills and are            according to type (Type 1: LD as                    sense, the current paper outlined how
                increasingly demanded as key attributes         concept; Type 2: LD as process, and                 the module was purposely designed
                of knowledge workers (see Beetham,              Type 3: LD as product). It was argued               to commence with learners’ personal
                McGill,  Littlejohn, 2009).                    that unless there is greater clarity about          experiences as students, providing a




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions          Editorial
17    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                connection to students’ life world,             – Type 1) in particular contexts and               evidence-based practices. Slavin (2008),
                enabling them to link into the topic            through model development for further              who has a long history of criticising the
                and curriculum theory. This activity            adaptation. It was further argued that             lack of clarity and unity in educational
                was then linked with considerations             by making the teaching and learning                research and practice, explained that
                and preparation activities of teachers          process explicit, the emerging field of            “education today is at much the same
                which need to be observed for physical          LD is potentially able to contribute               pre-scientific point as medicine was
                fieldtrip activities, such as the need to       substantially to teacher and/or learner            a hundred years ago”. To advance
                describe learning goals, contacting the         accountability, in an environment that             LD as a field of applied education
                institution to be visited, booking the          requires a departure from traditional              research, it will need to mature and
                venue, education officer, parent helpers        teacher-centric and content-driven                 agreement will need to be reached
                and transportation, writing parent              low-level knowledge production                     upon some core shared values and
                letters, gaining consent from the school        and testing of the past, in favour of              explicitly stated foundational thinking
                administration and parents/guardians of         more complex knowledge and skills                  that will underpin future empirical
                students, prepare a budget and organise         development, vital for success in 21st             work. To this end, a three-tiered LD
                the collection of funds and so on, prior        century knowledge societies of the                 architecture was outlined, which was
                to focusing on the vital element of             present and future.                                based on Cameron’s (2010) initial ideas
                preparing the children for the fieldtrip.                                                          and further developed. Moreover, LD –
                                                                                                                   Type 2 (LD as process) was introduced
                LD and the introduction of virtual              Conclusion                                         as a case example to illustrate the way
                fieldtrips in LAMS provides teaches             In an effort to change teaching cultures           in which the three-tier model can be
                with a framework to enhance the                 to enable greater value to be placed               utilised. The current conceptualisation
                engagement of students with history             on teachers’ and students’ ‘literacies of          and typologies of LD was intended to
                learning that can be adopted, adapted           the digital’ (Beetham, et. al., 2009) in           serve as a starting point for discussion
                or expanded. Enhancing the provision            higher, further, teacher and/or school             and debate. It is hope that future
                of TEL is not only a requirement of the         education, educational researchers                 theoretical and empirical researcher will
                new Australian curriculum, but is also          working in the field of learning design            advance the model and therewith work
                potentially improving the quality of            will need to work towards unity of                 towards greater clarity of LD principles
                history learning and teaching through           conceptualisation and agree on a                   and practices in the future.
                the application of LD principles (LD            tentative classification system to advance




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
18    eLearningPapers




                References
In-depth




                  	
                   Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (2011). The F-10 Curriculum – A position paper on the
                   whole curriculum, achievement standards and support for students with disabilities. Retrieved from:
                   http://www.acara.edu.au/verve/_resources/The+F-10+Australian+Curriculum+(post+July+MC).pdf

                  	  ustralian Labor (2011). The National Curriculum – Let’s move Australia forward. Retrieved from:
                    A
                    http://www.alp.org.au/agenda/education---training/national-curriculum/

                  	
                   Beetham, H., McGill, L.,  Littlejohn, A. (2009). Thriving in the 21st Century: Learning literacies for a Digital Age (LLiDA).
                   Joint Information Systems Committee (JISC) UK, Final Report. Retrieved from:
                   http://www.jisc.ac.uk/media/documents/projects/llidareportjune2009.pdf

                  	
                   Berggren, A., Burgos, D., Fontana, J., Hinkelman, D., Hung, V., Hursh, A.,  Tielemans, G. (2005). Practical and
                   pedagogical issues for teacher adoption of IMS Learning Design standards in Moodle LMS. Journal of Interactive Media in
                   Education, 02, Special Issue: Advances in Learning Design. Retrieved from:
                   http://jime.open.ac.uk/2005/2

                  	  rush, T., Saye, J., Kale, U., Hur, J., Kohlmeier, J., Yerasimon, T., Guo, L.,  Symonette, S. (2009). Evaluation of the
                    B
                    persistent issue in history laboratory for virtual field experiences (PIH-LVFE). Journal of Interactive Online Learning, 8(1),
                    1-22. Retrieved from:
                    http://www.ncolr.org/jiol/issues/pdf/8.1.3.pdf

                  	
                   Buchanan, R. (2011). Paradox, promise and public pedagogy: Implications of the federal government’s digital education
                   revolution. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 36(2), Article 6. Retrieved from:
                   http://ro.ecu.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1524context=ajte

                  	
                   Cameron, L. (2010). How learning design can illuminate teaching practice. The Future of Learning Design Conference.
                   http://ro.uow.edu.au/fld/09/Program/3

                  	 S.,  Kennedy, D. (2011). Using online collaborative tools for groups to co-construct knowledge. Online Information
                   Chu,
                   Review, 35(4), 581-597.

                  	
                   Clarke, A. (2008). A comparative study of history teaching in Australia and Canada. Final Report. Retrieved from:
                   http://www.historyteacher.org.au/files/200804_HistoryTeachingReport.pdf

                  	
                   Conole, C., Brasher, A., Cross, S., Weller, M., Clark, P  Culver, J. (2008). Visualising learning design to foster and
                                                                           .,
                   support good practice and creativity. Educational Media International, 1469-5790, 45(3), 177-194.

                  	
                   Dalziel, J. (2009). Prospects for Learning Design research and LAMS. Teaching English with Technology, Special edition on
                   LAMS and Learning Design, 9(2). Retrieved from
                   http://www.tewtjournal.org/VOL 9/ISSUE 2/Foreword.pdf

                  	
                   Dalziel, J. (2005). From reusable e-learning content to reusable learning designs: Lessons from LAMS. Retrieved May 7,
                   2005 from
                   http://www.lamsfoundation.org/CD0506/html/resource/whitepapers/Dalziel.LAMS.doc

                  	
                   Dobozy, E. (forthcoming). Resisting student consumers and assisting student producers. In: Claus Nygaard, Clive
                   Holtham  Nigel Courtney (eds.). Beyond Transmission: Innovations in University Teaching. Copenhagen, Denmark:
                   Copenhagen Business School Press, pp. xxx

                  	
                   Dobozy, E. (1999). Constructivist and Montessorian perspectives on student autonomy and freedom. Proceedings of the
                   14th Annual Forum of the Western Australian Institute for Educational Research (WAIER). Fremantle, WA: Notre Dame
                   University, 27-28 August. Retrieved from:
                   http://www.waier.org.au/forums/1999/dobozy.html

                  	
                   Dobozy, E., Reynolds, P  Schonwetter, D. (2011). Metaphoric reasoning and the tri-nation classification of eTeaching
                                          .,
                   and eLearning platforms. Refereed proceedings of the 23rd World Conference on Educational Multimedia, Hypermedia and
                   Telecommunication. Lisbon, Portugal: AACE.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents    Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions    Editorial
19    eLearningPapers


                  	
                   Dobozy, E., Campbell, C.,  Cameron, L. (2011). ‘Connectivism’: Who is the new kid on the learning theory block?
                   ECULTURE 2011. Retrieved from:
In-depth



                   http://ro.ecu.edu.au/eculture/2011/

                  	
                   Ertmer, P (2005). Teacher pedagogical beliefs: The final frontier in our quest for technology integration? Educational
                            .
                   Technology Research and Development, 53(4), 25–39.

                  	
                   Ferrell, G. (2011). Transforming curriculum design – transforming institutions. Briefing paper. Joint Information Systems
                   Committee (JISC). Retrieved from:
                   http://www.jisc.ac.uk/publications/briefingpapers/2011/bpcurriculumdesign.aspx

                  	
                   Fisher, T., Higgins, C.  Loveless, A. (2006). Teachers learning with digital technologies: A review of research and
                   projects. FutureLab Series Report 14, FutureLab press. Retrieved from
                   http://archive.futurelab.org.uk/resources/documents/lit_reviews/Teachers_Review.pdf

                  	
                   Goodyear, P  Ellis, R. (2010). Expanding conceptions of study, context and educational design. In: R. Sharpe, H.
                               .,
                   Beetham,  S. de Freitas (eds.). Rethinking learning for the digital age: how learners shape their own experiences. New
                   York, NY: Routledge, pp. 100-113.

                  	 S.,  Fetherston, T. (2010). Research-informed teaching at ECU: A discussion paper. Perth, WA: Edith Cowan University.
                   Hill,

                  	
                   Juang, Y., Liu, T.,  Chan, T. (2008). Computer-supported teacher development of pedagogical content knowledge through
                   developing school-based curriculum. Educational Technology  Society, 11(2), 149-170.

                  	
                   Kress, G. (2010). Multimodality: A social semiotic approach to contemporary communication. London, UK: Routledge.

                  	
                   Masterman, L.  Wild, J. (2011). OER Impact Study: Research Report. JISC Open Educational Resources programme.
                   Retrieved from:
                   http://www.jisc.ac.uk/media/documents/programmes/elearning/oer/JISCOERImpactStudyResearchReportv1-0.pdf

                  	
                   Ministerial Council on Education, Employment, Training and Youth Affairs. (2006). Civics and citizenship Years 6 and 10
                   report 2004. Melbourne, VIC: Curriculum Corporation.

                  	
                   O’Donnell, A., Dobozy, E., Bryer, F Bartlett, B., Reeve, J.,  Smith, J. (2012, in press). Educational psychology. Milton,
                                                      .,
                   QLD: John Wiley  Sons, Australia.

                  	
                   Slavin, R. E. (2008). Evidence-based Reform in Education: what will it take?, European Educational Research Journal, 7(1),
                   124-128.
                   http://dx.doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2008.7.1.124

                  	ijen, W. (2000). Towards design-based learning. OGO brochure, No 2. Educational Service Centre. Eindhoven, NL:
                   W
                   Technische Universiteit. Retrieved from:
                   http://w3.tue.nl/fileadmin/stu/stu_oo/doc/OGO_brochure_1_EN.pdf

                  	 Wysocki, A. (2004). Opening new media to writing: Openings and justifications. In: A. Wysocki, J. Johnson-Eilola, C. Selfe,
                      G. Sirc (eds.). Writing new media: Theory and applications for expanding the teaching of compositions (pp. 1-41). Utah,
                     UT: Utah State Press.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents   Editorial Board   Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
20    eLearningPapers



                Using patterns to design
In-depth




                technology-enhanced learning
                scenarios [ ]
                Authors
                Félix Buendía-García [ +]

                José Vte. Benlloch-Dualde
                Universitat Politècnica de Valencia [ +]


                                                                                                                                                 Introduction
                                           Research on designing for learning is a field that has concentrated
            Summary



                                                                                                                                                 The research on designing for learning
                                           a lot of efforts in the context of technology-enhanced settings.
                                                                                                                                                 is a field that has concentrated a lot
                                           This fact has demonstrated the need to represent learning
                                                                                                                                                 of efforts, particularly, in a context of
                                           scenarios using a more formal perspective.
                                                                                                                                                 ongoing innovations in technology-
                                           This paper reviews some representation mechanisms which enable                                        enhanced settings. Such fact has
                                           the systematic design of learning issues in technological settings,                                   pushed the need to represent learning
                                           and proposes an approach that applies pattern notations in an                                         design issues in a more formal view
                                           effort to better understand and prepare for different learning                                        in order to face this changing context.
                                           context.                                                                                              The current work describes some
                                                                                                                                                 representation mechanisms which
                                           A case study is also described to show the application of these                                       enable the design of different learning
                                           scenarios in a specific technology-enhanced setting for teaching                                      issues in a systematic way and take into
                                           computing curricula. This application is based on the use of                                          account the restrictions imposed by
                                           digital ink technologies and demonstrates how patterns may be                                         specific technological environments and
                                           able to mediate between pedagogical and technical issues.                                             products.

                                                                                                                                                 The interest to formalize or interpret
                                                                                                                                                 different learning issues in a more
                                                                                                                                                 methodical way comes from disciplines
                                                                                                                                                 such as the Instructional Design (ID)
                                                                                                                                                 or Instructional Systems Design (ISD)
                                                                                                                                                 that provide systematic strategies and
                                                                                                                                                 techniques in the design of teaching
                                                                                                                                                 processes. Designing instruction has
                                                                                                                                                 been addressed in technology-based
                                                                                                                                                 settings (Rogers, 2002) and ID models
                                                                                                                                                 have been used to produce tools
                                                                                                                                                 which automate their application
                                                                                                                                                 (Kasowitz, 2002). However, some
                                           Tags                                                                                                  limitations have been detected when
                                                                                                                                                 automating instructional design because
                                           technology-enhanced setting, learning scenario,                                                       the complexity of learning scenarios
                                           design patterns, digital-ink technologies                                                             (Spector  Ohrazda, 2003), especially,
                                                                                                                                                 in such technical settings. In a parallel
                                                                                                                                                 way, Learning Design (LD) deals with




                Languages
                cz        da           de     bg   et    el       es   fr     it   lv   lt     hu    nl   pl   pt    ro    sk   sl   fi   sv




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition                         Credits             Contents         Editorial Board        Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
21    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                the need to guide and support teachers          practitioners to make informed                     some conclusions and further works are
                in the preparation of effective learning        decisions and choices to undertake                 remarked.
                scenarios and specific tools called             specific teaching and learning activities”
                “pedagogical planners” have been                (Conole, 2008). Moreover, these
                developed to assist teachers in this goal       mechanisms should help to mediate                  Review of learning design
                (Masterman, 2008). Besides, LD adds             or connect pedagogical questions with              notations
                an interesting feature that concerns the        technological-based solutions.                     There are multiple kinds of mechanisms
                representation of teaching and learning                                                            and notations which have been
                issues, for example, to document them           This work proposes the use of design
                                                                                                                   proposed to design different issues in
                in some visual format (Agostinho,               patterns as “mediating artifacts” to
                                                                                                                   pedagogical or instructional topics. This
                2006). This feature allows instructors to       represent technology-based learning
                                                                                                                   review does not intend to cover all
                share and reuse good learning practices         scenarios. Patterns are a well-known
                                                                                                                   the potential mechanisms to represent
                but it also helps them to model and             notation to design different kinds of
                                                                                                                   or model these issues but it tries to
                organize their tasks in a systematic way.       information items whose application is
                                                                                                                   highlight those which have contributed
                The representation of teaching and              widely spread in Software Engineering
                                                                                                                   to mediate between pedagogical and
                learning issues is not only related to LD       disciplines. Patterns have been also
                                                                                                                   technological aspects. For instance,
                areas and there are multiple initiatives        used in other disciplines, including
                                                                                                                   Nervig (1990) explored some of
                in the last years which have contributed        pedagogical and e-learning areas.
                                                                                                                   these mechanisms in the ID context
                to the modeling and documentation               Therefore, they seem a right mechanism
                                                                                                                   and initiatives such as IDT (Merrill,
                of these learning information items.            to represent learning design issues in
                                                                                                                   1996) or MISA (Paquette et al, 2001)
                Computer science and software                   specific technology-enhanced settings
                                                                                                                   proposed elements and languages for
                engineering disciplines have promoted           enabling the connection between both
                                                                                                                   specifying instructional applications.
                different notations and mechanisms              sides.
                                                                                                                   Nevertheless, the formal specification of
                in this context. Hypermedia models,                                                                these applications and their components
                                                                The remainder of the work is structured
                ontology proposals, modeling languages,                                                            was usually disregarded (WiestZell,
                                                                as follows. The next section provides
                standard specifications or conceptual                                                              2001).
                                                                a general overview about several
                maps are some examples which are
                                                                mechanisms and notations which have
                reviewed in the next section. These                                                                Educational hypermedia was one of the
                                                                been formulated to represent different
                mechanisms provide several ways to                                                                 first mechanisms used to formalize the
                                                                LD issues. The third section presents an
                represent learning issues in text or                                                               design and development of instructional
                                                                approach to use patterns for designing
                graphic format, using natural language                                                             applications in a systematic and
                                                                learning in technology-enhanced
                or through a restricted vocabulary and                                                             widespread way. They were based on
                                                                settings. The fourth section describes
                differing in their formalization level or                                                          specific software engineering models
                                                                the application of the introduced
                abstraction degree. Anyway, the crucial                                                            such OOHDM (Schwabe  Rossi,
                                                                approach in a specific context based
                aspect is considering such mechanisms                                                              1995) or AHAM (De Bra et al, 1999)
                                                                on digital ink technologies. Finally,
                as “mediating artifacts which help                                                                 to produce educational products using




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
22    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                UML diagrams (Papasalouros  Retalis,           some references about using ontology                 “translate” their pedagogical view into
                2002) or other kind of graphical                notations in learning design (Knight                 this kind of specification. However, it
                notations (Diaz et al, 2001). Buendía           et al, 2005), (Koper, 2006) but, in                  is important to recognize the relevance
                 Díaz (2003) proposed a hypermedia             general, most of their application have              of IMS-LD to build and share learning
                framework to manage educational                 been focused on modeling domain                      designs from the XML notation used
                contents conjugating instructional and          concepts or developing specific                      to express such specification and there
                technical issues. Hypermedia models             products such as ITS (Intelligent Tutor              are multiple tools and platforms which
                and tools were adequate for designing           Systems). Nevertheless, the research on              support their processing. Moreover,
                specific educational applications.              ontology notations has derived towards               UML diagrams have been provided
                However, the fact they were based on            other interesting fields such as map                 to represent these learning design
                graphical notations made them difficult         specifications or educational modeling               specifications using a graphical display.
                to understand by non-computer literate          languages as powerful representation                 This notation was complemented
                users such as teachers or instructors.          mechanisms in the LD context.                        with text narrative descriptions that
                                                                                                                     contributed to a better understanding
                Another type of mechanism (or                   Modeling languages have been                         of the IMS-LD learning scenarios.
                artifact), traditionally applied to             proposed in different areas and
                represent pedagogical and instructional         education was not an exception.                      A more tailored way to represent LD
                issues, is the ontology which can               Education modeling languages (also                   issues in specific learning scenarios can
                be defined as “a specification of a             known as EMLs) were analyzed in                      consist in using map-based or any kind
                conceptualization” (Gruber, 1992).              the context of the “Workshop on                      of simple graph notations. For example,
                Murray (1996) defined special                   Learning Technologies” project (CEN/                 concepts maps can be used to describe
                ontologies for representing pedagogical         ISSS, 2002) as a review of the multiple              the ‘best fit’ strategy for designing an
                knowledge and ontological modeling              notations proposed to facilitate the                 e-learning course (Adorni et al, 2009)
                has been used for designing educational         description of pedagogic aspects                     under the particular lecturer view.
                systems (Mizoguchi et al., 1997).               involved in educational-learning                     Perhaps, that situation hampers the
                Therefore, constructing ontologies in           processes (Koper, 2001). The different               sharing of learning designs produced by
                educational design is a well-known              EML proposals were considered                        different lectures but in a further step,
                area with the advantage that explicit           in order to produce a standard                       this collection of map-based designs
                relationships between learning                  specification called IMS-LD (IMS,                    can be processed in order to get a
                concepts help to infer or discover new          2003) addressed to “support a wide                   common design template. Moreover,
                knowledge from previous. For example,           range of pedagogies in online learning”.             concept mapping can also be seen as
                from the Bloom’s objective taxonomy             This specification provides a generic                a first step in ontology-building, and
                certain terms can be extracted to be            neutral language that can be adapted                 meanwhile, be used flexibly to represent
                linked with other learning concepts             to many different pedagogies but that                specific learning designs adapted to
                such as instructional needs or a task           feature is, perhaps, its main weakness               technology-enhanced settings (Buendia,
                vocabulary (Conole, 2008). There are            because it is not trivial for instructors to         2011). Mind-maps provide similar




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
23    eLearningPapers


                 Name                      Pattern identifier
In-depth



                 Context                   Description of the learning scenario in which the selected pattern is applied
                 Problem                   Overview about the learning or instructional requirements to be faced
                 Discussion                Explanation to motivate the addressed problem and its justification
                 Solution                  Description of the way to apply technologies to solve the addressed problem
                 Diagram                   Sketch to represent the solution in a graphical display including descriptive tags
                 Relationships             Links to other patterns which could be useful in the learning scenario design
                 Keywords                  Collection of terms which reference specific aspects of the learning scenario

                Table 1: Pattern language for learning design.




                representation facilities and mapping               means of design patterns. The use                      approach proposed in this work is
                tools can be deployed to generate LD                of patterns can be considered as a                     based on promoting a “guide rather
                templates from different case studies               structured method of describing good                   than prescribe” philosophy to apply
                (Conole  Weller, 2008). A further step             design practices in different fields of                patterns, focused on small-scale learning
                is based on the use of topic maps as an             expertise. Originally, design patterns                 experiences and bounded to specific
                ISO standard whose aim is describing                were introduced by Alexander et al                     technology settings. Next subsections
                knowledge structures with XML                       (1977) in architecture disciplines as                  describe such approach to use design
                encoding schemes that facilitate their              “a careful description of a perennial                  patterns which is structured into
                processing. Topic maps have been applied            solution to a recurring problem within                 two main phases: (i) the Preparation
                in LD contexts (Adorni et al, 2008)                 a building context”. This pattern notion               of the target patterns and (ii) their
                and there are specific environments                 has been adopted in other disciplines                  Deployment in a specific context.
                for authoring educational topic maps                such as Software Engineering or
                (Dicheva  Dichev, 2006).                           Interaction designs. Furthermore,
                                                                    pedagogical patterns are recognized                    Preparation
                In summary, there have been reviewed                as efficient mechanisms to document                    In a first approach phase, a pattern
                several mechanisms to represent LD                  good practices in teaching (PPP, 2005),                language has to be chosen. Table 1
                issues. They range from highly structured           including visual flow representations                  shows a summary of the language
                and formal notations like hypermedia                (Hernandez et al, 2007) and there                      proposed to define patterns that
                models, ontology notations or topic                 are design patterns which have been                    fit the learning design philosophy
                maps to semiformal mechanisms such as               proposed in e-learning contexts “as                    aforementioned. This pattern language
                educational languages, concept or mind              conceptual tools to support educational                is mostly based in the original
                maps. Next section describes design                 design” (Goodyear, 2005). Rohse, S.,                   Alexandrian definition which is
                patterns as an alternative representation            Anderson, T. (2006) also justify the                 mainly narrative with some additional
                tool which combines the flexibility of              use of design patterns recognizing                     attributes and special features: i) the
                narrative textual-based representation              that learning is a complex process,                    diagrammatic part is complemented
                techniques, the visualization capability            particularly, when digital technologies                with tags that specify particular
                of sketches or similar graphical displays           in continuous change become a key                      concepts with a potential instructional
                and the ability to incorporate controlled           component in this process.                             purpose and ii) an extra field called
                vocabularies or ontology terms into their                                                                  Keywords that gathers some of the
                definition.                                         Therefore, patterns seem a powerful                    previous tags and other terms which
                                                                    mechanism to allow instructors and                     characterize the learning scenario
                                                                    practitioners designing different                      through the proposed pattern.
                Learning design approach                            learning issues related to items such
                based on patterns                                   as theoretical contents or laboratory                  The second step consists in classifying
                The current work introduces an                      activities in a certain technology-                    patterns in several categories in order
                approach to represent LD issues by                  based educational context. The                         to facilitate their further detection,




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits      Contents        Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
24    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                definition and processing. Figure 1
                shows a map example that displays
                some basic concepts that can be part
                of a learning scenario in which a
                given pattern could be applied such as
                content resources or learning activities.
                These map concepts could be extracted
                from an educational ontology in order
                to improve their connection with
                pattern information items.

                The concepts represented in Figure 1
                can be distributed in four main groups:
                contents, activities, interaction and           Figure 1: Instructional concept map in a learning scenario sample.
                assessment. From this distribution, an
                initial pattern classification can be set
                up to organize them into the next               • Interaction enablers: contain patterns             straightforward way. The current work
                categories:                                     to support actions, maybe, not directly              is focused on producing those potential
                                                                addressed to teach about a certain topic             patterns which can be useful in a
                •  ontent managers: composed by
                  C
                                                                or acquire specific competencies. Such               specific technology-based educational
                  patterns that help practitioners to
                                                                actions should encourage the student                 setting (Buendía  Cano, 2006). There
                  elaborate the didactic materials or
                                                                participation or enable their interaction            are some methods to detect or induce
                  resources by enriching the original
                                                                with other students.                                 these learning patterns (Brouns et al,
                  contents with multimedia formats
                                                                                                                     2005) but the selected approach is based
                  or adding annotations or signals to           • Assessment producers: associated to                on the observation of learning scenarios
                  provide instructional hints that assist       patterns that allow teachers to elaborate            in close disciplines and the detection
                  their teaching.                               different kind of mechanisms to assess               of successful practices when certain
                                                                the student performance or their                     technologies are involved.
                • Activity facilitators: include patterns
                                                                behavior (e.g. multimodal assessment or
                which assist the instructor in the
                                                                formative vs. summative evaluation).
                preparation of learning tasks based
                on “problem solving” techniques, or
                                                                                                                     Deployment
                                                                To finish the pattern preparation,
                allow teachers to design seminars that                                                               The pattern deployment is based on
                                                                these can be produced or defined
                contribute to discuss specific topics and                                                            a well-known instructional design
                                                                considering different possibilities. In
                improve their learning.                                                                              method called ADDIE (Molenda,
                                                                some cases, there is available a catalog of
                                                                                                                     2003) which stands for Analysis,
                                                                patterns according to different criteria
                                                                                                                     Design, Development, Implementation
                                                                (PPP, 2005) which can be applied in a




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
25    eLearningPapers


                 Goal category             Description
In-depth



                 Remembering               To identify and recognize the computer entities
                 Understanding             To interpret or explain a data structure algorithm
                 Applying                  To apply a procedure to implement a logical circuit
                 Analyzing                 To decompose or organize the computer components
                 Evaluating                To test or check the phases in an data structure management
                 Creating                  To design or produce a new logical circuit
                 Keywords                  Collection of terms which reference specific aspects of the learning scenario

                Table 2: Potential learning requirements.




                and Evaluation. The Analysis phase                  Discussion or the Keywords attributes.                application has been successful. In this
                should gather those requirements                    This process is usually manual but it                 case, instructional experts could evaluate
                relevant to the target learning                     could be supported by a wizard tool                   this application by checking the
                scenarios such as instructional goals               or assisted by experts in the pattern                 matching between pattern sketches and
                or learning objectives. Table 2 shows               management.                                           teacher proposed solutions. The next
                a list of requirements which could be                                                                     section describes an application case to
                assigned in the context of a revision                An advantage provided by design                      elucidate this deployment process.
                of the Bloom’s taxonomy (Anderson                  patterns is they are usually represented
                Krathwohl, 2001) for Computing                      by sketches or diagrams easy to
                curricula. These examples of learning               interpret by teachers who are non-                    Approach application
                requirements contain actions that                   computer literate. The pattern narrative              The aforementioned approach has
                can be mapped to the components                     structure also contributes to facilitate its          been applied in a specific learning
                of a learning scenario such as the                  systematic application and the inclusion              context based on the use of digital-ink
                one represented in Figure 1. For                    of tags in the graphical display permits              technologies. Next subsections describe
                instance, actions such “recognize the               a better understanding of the Solution                the context that enabled the proposed
                computer entities” or “implements a                 attribute description. The proposed                   approach and the preparation and
                logical circuit” can be linked to display           approach also encourages explaining                   deployment of digital-ink patterns in
                educational contents or perform                     how specific technologies are applied                 this context.
                academic activities in a learning                   in the context of the target pattern
                scenario context.                                   and detailed instructions either text or
                                                                    graphic-based should be incorporated                  Context
                The matching process between                        in the Solution description. Then, such               Patterns have been applied in a
                learning requirements and pattern                   technological details could give support              Higher Education context at the UPV
                information is the critical stage to select         to the Development of the required                    (Universitat Politècnica de València). In
                the right design pattern that should                LD component to elaborate certain                     particular, they were essayed in several
                solve the stated need or problem and                learning resources from recommended                   courses of undergraduate Computing
                using the pattern categories defined                multimedia formats or design activities               degrees, in an attempt to adapt these
                in the Preparation phase. In this                   exploiting the pattern potential. In                  courses according to the Bologna
                point, ontology notations can help to               a similar way, the Implementation                     Declaration guidelines. Some studies
                determine the terms or concepts to                  phase has to address the particular                   have been carried out over the last six
                be searched in the pattern catalogue.               conditions provided by the available                  academic years that reveal instructional
                The information contained in the                    learning platforms to accommodate                     problems such as: low participation
                pattern Problem attribute should also               those patterns which are implemented                  and student interaction, pupils’ lack
                facilitate this matching process and                in such platforms. Eventually, the                    of motivation, low class attendance
                other information items can be taken                Evaluation step should check the                      rates, high course drop-out rates and
                into account such as the Context, the               pattern application in order to test if its           eventually, poor students’ performance.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits      Contents        Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
26    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                To deal with these problems, the UPV            implemented in another pilot group                   Preparation of digital-ink
                raised several educational innovation           of a core second-year course called
                projects and one of them was granted            Data Structure and Algorithms that
                                                                                                                     patterns
                by Hewlett Packard in the framework             in contrast with the first experience,               The experiences aforementioned
                of the HP Technology for Teaching               could be considered a Computer                       enabled to generate a catalogue
                Grant Initiative, Transforming Teaching         Science subject rather different from                of patterns based on digital-ink
                and Learning through Technology                 the Computer Engineering course                      technologies (see Appendix A with
                (HP, 2008). The central idea of this            focused in the first experience.                     some pattern samples classified by
                project was to exploit the potential of         Nevertheless, the team in charge of                  categories). The detection of good
                digital ink technologies to deploy a            the HP project realized that the design              practices and satisfactory outcomes was
                more interactive teaching and learning          of the learning experiences based on                 crucial to start such pattern generation
                environment based on the use of Tablet          digital ink technologies in both cases               but another factor can be considered
                PCs and similar devices.                        were very close and similar outcomes                 essential in this process. This factor was
                                                                were obtained (Benlloch et al, 2010).                the need to conceptualize the potential
                Tablet PCs can be considered as                 During the course 2010-2011, new                     of digital-ink technologies.
                traditional laptops including an LCD            experiences were implemented in
                screen on which the user can write                                                                   Figure 2 shows a concept map that
                                                                different Computing disciplines and
                using a special pen. These devices rely                                                              displays some of the basic notions and
                                                                analogous good practices were detected
                on digital ink technology, where a                                                                   actions related with the instructional
                                                                in their implementation.
                digitizer can capture the movement
                of the pen and thus, allowing users to
                put data onto the screen in a natural
                way. Digital inking enhances the
                chances for active learning activities
                allowing actions such as handwriting,
                highlighting, marking, drawing,
                sketching or doodling. The project
                granted by HP equipped a special
                classroom with twenty Tablet PCs
                where several learning experiences were
                developed since the year 2009. The
                first experience was applied during the
                spring 2009 semester to a pilot group
                of Computer Technology, a core first-
                year Computing Engineering course.
                In the next semester, a new case was            Figure 2: Concept map of digital-ink technologies.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
27    eLearningPapers


                 Name                      Half-baked
In-depth



                 Context                   Half-baked
                 Problem                   Teaching in a traditional classroom with electronic slides to display contents
                 Discussion                Classroom sessions are boring and difficult to follow due to overloaded slides
                 Solution                  Slide-based teaching is a usual technique but these slides can evolve in a dynamic way allowing students
                                           to focus on the teacher's discourse
                 Diagram                   Instructor completes the prepared “half-baked” slide on the fly by means of instructional elements based
                                           on digital-ink technologies
                 Relationships             See Figure 3
                 Keywords                  Light and shade, Augmented reality Electronic slides; classroom contents; understanding goal; adding explanations;
                                           framing concepts; drawing diagrams
                Table 2: Potential learning requirements.



                use of “digital-ink” technologies. For
                instance, how “Handwritten inputs”
                can be used to introduce math special
                symbols or the ability to “Sketch”
                diagrams or “Highlight” information
                items. This conceptualization process
                was fundamental in the preparation
                of learning design patterns and it
                also contributed to select tags which
                characterize the Keywords attribute in
                the proposed pattern definition. Such
                process also enabled the connection


                                                                                                                                                          	
  
                with the learning scenario components
                mapped in Figure 1 (Buendía, 2011).
                One sample of digital-ink pattern in
                the Content category is called “Half-              Figure 3: Sketch of the “Half-baked” pattern.
                baked” and it describes the possibility to
                provide an initial version of a slide-
                based presentation whose main points               Deployment of digital-ink                            can be considered an essential tool
                can be complemented with additional                                                                     in the Analysis step for the proposed
                annotations or drawings during the                 patterns                                             approach. These answers contributed
                lecture.                                           After their preparation, such digital-               to detect the potential digital-ink
                                                                   ink patterns were applied in the                     patterns that could be useful for a set of
                Table 3 shows a short description of               context of Computing degree courses                  instructors who taught a wide range of
                the pattern attributes according to their          to validate their use in real learning               computing disciplines. Moreover, some
                previous definition that includes bold             scenarios. Appendix B displays part of               instructor’s answers were analyzed and
                terms remarking singular concepts.                 a questionnaire that was submitted to                their interpretation leads to advise these
                Figure 3 displays the diagrammatic                 lecturers who wished to participate                  instructors against the use of digital-ink
                representation of the pattern which                in these evaluation experiences in                   technologies in their teaching activities.
                contains red-labeled tags that refer               order to gather their instructional                  In this analysis process, the matching
                instructional actions associated to the            requirements. This questionnaire was                 between learning requirements and
                digital-ink technologies in the pattern            based on a checklist format to ease the              pattern possibilities was manually
                context.                                           instructor’s answers and its outcomes                performed.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits      Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
28    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                After this Analysis stage, selected
                instructors participated in several
                experiments on the proposed patterns
                in their courses. These experiments
                consisted in the elaboration of a real
                pattern sample implementation by
                each instructor in a specific learning
                scenario using the pattern sketch as a
                template guide. For instance, Figure
                4a shows an example of pattern
                application in a Computer Technology
                subject. This example corresponds to
                a “Half-baked” pattern (see Table 3)


                                                                                                                                  	
  
                that fits with the “Understanding” goal
                category referenced in Table 2 and it
                demonstrated the teacher ability to
                instantiate such pattern by completing          a) “Half-baked” implementation sample
                its presentation with handwritten
                annotations. Figure 4b shows a similar
                application in the case of a “Filling
                blanks” pattern within a Data Structure
                subject. In this example, the instructor
                who implemented the pattern
                instantiation confirmed the way to
                design an interactive learning task that
                allowed him to check a data structure
                operation.




                                                                b) “Filling blanks” implementation sample


                                                                Figure 4: Example of pattern deployment.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
29    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                Conclusions                                     description and connect them with                  practitioner support. Moreover, it
                                                                instructional issues.                              must be acknowledged that evaluation
                The current work has described
                                                                                                                   experiences have been developed on
                an approach to use patterns in the              This pattern-based approach has been               isolated learning scenarios and other
                design of learning scenarios supported          applied in an educational context                  experiments are needed to generalize
                by technology-enhanced settings.                corresponding to Computing curricula               the pattern application in learning
                The choice of design patterns was               in order to validate such approach. In             sequences and flows.
                performed after the review of different         summary, a two-phase process has been
                mechanisms to represent learning                performed i) to prepare a list of design           Other further works include, on the
                issues in a formal or semiformal way.           patterns associated to a technology-               one hand, the preparation of new
                The proposed approach has taken                 enhanced setting based on digital                  pattern catalogues, the development of
                advantage of the pattern features which         ink technologies and ii) to deploy                 wizard tools that assist instructors in
                combine the narrative textual-based             these patterns in this kind of settings            the pattern application and the research
                expression power with visual notations          demonstrating their effectiveness.                 in the integration with ontology
                easy to understand by non-computer              The approach application has enabled               notations. On the other hand, new cases
                literate users. These design patterns           the generation of digital-ink patterns             studies are being planned to complete
                have been considered flexible enough            which have been used by teachers in                the approach evaluation, taking into
                to be adapted to different instructional        specific learning scenarios and the                account other issues such as the student
                conditions enabling the representation          obtained outcomes have revealed                    performance or their point of view
                of multiple types of learning scenarios         a general pattern success among                    about the benefits of a pattern-based
                and they have been extended with new            involved teachers. However, such                   learning approach.
                features such as tags that complement           experiences have also shown that some
                the pattern diagrammatic information            teachers are still reluctant to apply
                and keywords which permit to identify           these representation mechanisms and
                fundamental concepts in the pattern             their application requires a stronger




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
30    eLearningPapers




                References
In-depth




                  	
                   Adorni, G., Coccoli, M., Vercelli, G.  Vivanet, G. (2008). IFIP International Federation for Information Processing,
                   Volume 281; Learning to Live in the Knowledge Society; Michael Kendall and Brian Samways, Boston, Springer, 357–358.

                  	
                   Adorni, G., Brondo, D. Vivanet, G. (2009). A formal instructional model based on Concept Maps Journal of e-Learning
                   and Knowledge Society, 5(3), 33 - 42.

                  	
                   Agostinho, S. (2006). The use of visual learning design representation to document and communicate teaching ideas. In
                   Proceedings of ASCILITE 2006, Sydney.

                  	
                   Alexander, C., Ishikawa, S.  Silverstein, M. (1977). A pattern language: Towns,buildings, construction. Oxford: Oxford
                   University Press.

                  	
                   Anderson, L. W.,  Krathwohl, D. R. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching and assessing: A revision of Bloom’s
                   Taxonomy of educational objectives: Complete edition, New York , Longman.

                  	
                   Benlloch-Dualde, J.V, Buendía, F Cano, J.C. (2010). Supporting instructors in designing Tablet PC-based courses.
                                                    ,
                   Proceedings of 10th IEEE International Conference on Advanced Learning Technologies” ICALT 2010, Sousse, Tunisia, 591-
                                                                                                         ,
                   593.

                  	
                   Brouns, F Koper,R., Manderveld,J., Van Bruggen,J., Sloep, P Van Rosmalen P Tattersall, C.  Vogten, H. (2005).
                              .,                                                      .,                .,
                   A first exploration of an inductive analysis approach for detecting learning design patterns. Journal of Interactive Media in
                   Education 2005 (03).

                  	
                   Buendía, F  Díaz P (2003). A Framework for the Management of Digital Educational Contents Conjugating Instructional
                             .          .
                   and Technical Issues. Educational Technology  Society, 6(4), 48-59.

                  	
                   Buendía, F Cano, J.C. (2006). WebgeneOS: A Generative and Web-Based Learning Architecture to Teach Operating
                             .,
                   Systems in Undergraduate Courses. IEEE Transactions on Education, Education, 49(4), 464-473.

                  	  uendia F (2011). Supporting the Generation of Guidelines for Online Courses, Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge
                    B          .
                    Society, 7(3), 51-61.

                  	
                   CEN/ISSS, (2002). CEN/ISSS Information Society Standardization System, Learning Technologies Workshop.

                  	
                   Conole G.  Fill K. (2005). A learning design toolkit to create pedagogically effective learning activities” Journal of
                                                                                                                              .
                   Interactive Media in Education, 2005 (08).

                  	
                   Conole, G. (2008). Capturing practice: The role of mediating artefacts in learning design. In L. Lockyer, S. Bennett, S.
                   Agostinho  B Harper (Eds), Handbook of research on learning design and learning objects: Issues, applications and
                   technologies, 187-207 Hersey PA: IGI Global.
                                        .

                  	
                   Conole, G.  Weller, M. (2008). Using learning design as a framework for supporting the design and reuse of OER.
                   Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 5.

                  	 Bra, P Houben, G.  Wu, H. (1999). AHAM: A Dexter-based Reference Model for Adaptive Hypermedia. Proc. of ACM
                   De      .,
                   Hypertext ‘99, Darmstadt, Germany, 147-156.

                  	 P Aedo I.  Panetsos F (2001). Modeling the dynamic behavior of hypermedia applications. IEEE Transactions on
                   Díaz .,                      .
                   Software Engineering, 27 (6), 550-572.

                  	
                   Dicheva, D.  Dichev, C. (2006) TM4L: Creating and Browsing Educational Topic Maps, British Journal of Educational
                   Technology – BJET, 37(3), 391-404.

                  	
                   Goodyear, P (2005). Educational design and networked learning: Patterns, pattern language and design practice.
                                .
                   Australasian Journal of Education Technology, 21(1), 82–101.

                  	
                   Gruber, T. R. (1993). A translation approach to portable ontologies. Knowledge Acquisition, 5(2), 199-220.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents   Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
31    eLearningPapers


                  	  ernández, D. , Asensio, J.I., Dimitriadis, Y.  Villasclaras, E. (2007). Diagrams of learning flow patterns’ solutions as
                    H
                    visual representations of refinable IMS learning design templates. Handbook of Visual Languages for Instructional Design,
In-depth



                    IGI Group, 395-413.

                  	 HP (2008) Higher Education HP Technology for Teaching Grant Initiative Recipients, retrieved September 7 2011
                                                                                                                             ,
                     http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/socialinnovation/us/programs/tech_teaching/hied_global_emea.html?jumpid=reg_
                     r1002_usen

                  	 (2003). IMS Learning Design Specification. Retrieved September 7 2011
                   IMS                                                               ,
                   http://www.imsproject.org/learningdesign

                  	 Kasowitz, A. (1998). Tools for Automating Instructional Design. ERIC Clearinghouse on Information and Technology.
                     Syracuse (USA).

                  	  night, C. Gasevic, D.  Richards, G. (2005). Ontologies to integrate learning design and learning content. Journal of
                    K
                    Interactive Media in Education. Special Issue on Advances in Learning Design, 2005 (7).

                  	  oper, R. (2001). Modelling units of study from a pedagogical perspective: the pedagogical meta-model behind EML.
                    K
                    Educational Technology Expertise Centre (OTEC), Open University of the Netherlands.

                  	
                   Koper R. (2006). Current Research in Learning Design. Educational Technology  Society, 9 (1), 13-22.

                  	  asterman, L. (2008). Activity theory and the design of pedagogic planning tools. In L. Lockyer, S. Bennett, S. Agostinho
                    M
                     B. Harper (Eds.), Handbook of research on learning design and learning obkects: issues, applications and technologies,
                    Hershey, New York: Information Science Reference,1, 209 - 227 .

                  	
                   Merrill, M.D.,  ID2 Research Team (1996). Instructional Transaction Theory: Instructional Design based on Knowledge
                   Objects. Educational Technology, 36 (3),30-37.

                  	  izoguchi, R., Ikeda, M.  Sinitsa. K. (1997). Roles of shared ontology in AI-ED research: intelligence, conceptualization,
                    M
                    standardization, and reusability. In B. du Boulay and R. Mizoguchi, editors, Artificial Intelligence in Education, Proceedings
                    of AI-ED 97 537-544.
                               ,

                  	
                   Molenda, M. (2003). In search of the elusive ADDIE model. Performance improvement, 42(5), 34.

                  	
                   Murray, T. (1996). Special purpose ontologies and the representation of pedagogical knowledge. In Proceedings of the
                   1996 international conference on Learning sciences, D. C. Edelson and E. A. Domeshek (Eds.). International Society of the
                   Learning Sciences, 235-242.

                  	
                   Nervig, N. (1990) Instructional systems development: a reconstructed ISD model. Educational Technology, 40-46.

                  	  apasalouros, A.  Retalis, S. (2002). Ob-AHEM: A UML
                    P                                                     -enabled model for Adaptive Educational Hypermedia
                    Applications. Interactive educational Multimedia, 4.

                  	
                   Paquette, G., Rosca, I., De la Teja, I., Léonard M. y Lundgren-Cayrol , K.(2001). Webbased Support for the Instructional
                   Engineering of E-learning Systems. WebNet’01 Conference, Orlando (USA).

                  	 (2005). Pedagogical Patterns Project, retrieved September 7 2011
                   PPP                                                          ,
                   http://www.pedagogicalpatterns.org

                  	
                   Rogers, P (2002). Designing instruction for technology-enhanced learning. Hersey, PA: Idea Group Publishing.
                            .

                  	
                   Rohse, S.,  Anderson, T. (2006). Design patterns for complex learning. Journal of Learning Design, 1(3), 82-91.

                  	
                   Schwabe, D.  Rossi, G. (1995). The Object-Oriented Hypermedia Design Model. Communications of the ACM, 38(8), 45-46.

                  	
                   Scott, B.,  Johnson, Z. (2005). Using topic maps as part of learning design – some history and a case study. Proceedings
                   III International Conference on Multimedia and Communication Technologies in Education, Cáceres, Spain.

                  	
                   Spector, J.M.  Ohrazda, C. (2003) Automating instructional design: Approaches and limitations. Educational Technology
                   Research and Development, 26, 685-700.

                  	iest, S.  Zell A. (2001). Improving Web-Based Training Using an XML Content Base. Proc. Of Educational Multimedia
                   W
                   and Hypermedia. EDMEDIA’01, Tampere (Finland), 2045-2050




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents   Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
32    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                Appendix A.
                Digital-ink pattern catalogue


                 Category                   Name                        Short description
                 Content manager            Light and shade             Some content items need to be clarified using an extra explanation or highlighted by means
                                                                        of visual artifacts.
                                            Focus of attention          There are items that require to be located, by signaling, underlining or framing certain
                                                                        information (e.g. Pointing out a diagram or underling a sentence).
                                            Half-baked                  Some resources such as slide-based presentation can be completed on the fly by using
                                                                        freehand inputs to facilitate presentations or improve the discourse.
                                            Augmented reality           Some content resources such as images, video sequences or documents are better
                                                                        understood if additional information items are placed on them.
                 Activity facilitator       Make connections            There are activities that require to link or set up relationships among their component items.
                                            Do it freehand              Some activities entail the elaboration of a diagram, drawing a sketch or introducing an
                                                                        equation.
                                            Sharing efforts             Several students need to participate and collaborate to solve a problem, sharing and
                                                                        exchanging information.
                                            Organize your ideas         A learning activity can require elaborating a concept or mind map.
                                            Filling blanks              Different activities can demand to introduce information on a previously prepared structure
                                                                        (text, table, diagram, map…)
                 Interaction enabler        Raise your question         Anonymous contributions can help those students who are reluctant to ask in public (this
                                                                        pattern could be related with “Focus of attention”).
                                            Post your opinion           Students can contribute with their point of view in a topic discussion.
                                            The audience responds       A poll mechanism can be used to gather the overall student preferences or the knowledge
                                                                        about a topic.
                                            Exchanging messages         Students should communicate among them during a collaborative task (this pattern could be
                                                                        related with “Sharing efforts”).
                 Assessment                 The right option            A rapid answer to a closed set of questions (objective test) is required.
                 producer
                                            Connection game             A learning activity based on matching options could be evaluated (this pattern could be
                                                                        related with “Make connections”).
                                            Grading opinion             The student point of view about a certain topic can be assessed (this pattern could be
                                                                        related with “Post your opinion”).
                                            Bad news                    Instructor can signal or remark the corrections made in the student works (fixing common
                                                                        mistakes).
                                            Good news                   Instructor can highlight the strong points in the student works (providing positive
                                                                        reinforcement).




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits           Contents   Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions        Editorial
33    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                Appendix B.
                Instructional requirement questionnaire




                 Contents
                                           Text documents require introducing special marks on them.


                                           Images such as photos, graphics, or diagrams need annotations or additional descriptions.


                                           Slide-based presentations require some kind of annotation or highlighting their components.


                                           In video sequences or “screencast” some elements need to be signaled or marked.
                                                                            ,

                 Activities
                                           Students have to carry out matching or filling blanks exercises.


                                           Course exercises require “freehand” inputs (e.g. symbols, equations, diagrams…).


                                           Students are required to summarize topics by using a graphical representation.


                                           Students share tasks in which annotations or diagrams are produced.

                 Interaction
                                           Students can anonymously ask questions focused on the course resources during the class sessions.


                                           Students can post their point of view about a certain topic.


                                           Students participate in collaborative works.


                                           Students can vote or select a certain topic.

                 Assessment
                                           An objective assessment is performed using a closed set of answers or matching options.


                                           Student opinions about a certain course topic can be assessed.


                                           Instructors perform annotations on the works delivered by students.


                                           Some student responses are selected and reviewed in front of class.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits       Contents        Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions     Editorial
34    eLearningPapers



                Students as learning designers:
In-depth




                Using social media to scaffold
                the experience [ ]
                Authors
                Leanne Cameron [ +]

                MiriamTanti [ +]
                Faculty of Education. Australian Catholic University


                                                                                                                                                 Introduction
                                           The ‘students as learning designers’ approach challenges
            Summary



                                                                                                                                                 It has been stated that the field of
                                           transmission models of pedagogy and requires teachers to
                                                                                                                                                 learning design holds the promise of
                                           relinquish some control to their students so that they might have
                                                                                                                                                 providing teachers with a framework
                                           the space to experiment and discover how to learn.
                                                                                                                                                 that will enable them to design high
                                           This paper outlines the findings of two studies that allowed                                          quality, effective and innovative learning
                                           students to explore new ways of learning, where they were                                             experiences for their students (Cameron,
                                           encouraged to take responsibility for their own learning, and                                         2009). By creating the possibility of
                                           outlines what potential social media tools may have in facilitating                                   deconstructing their existing teaching
                                           this experience. These projects demonstrate that when students                                        strategies; aiding reflection on their own
                                           are empowered to design their own learning activities, they can                                       practice; documenting and scaffolding
                                           deeply engage in the learning process.                                                                innovative learning activities; and sharing
                                                                                                                                                 and reusing expert practice, the field
                                                                                                                                                 of learning design has the potential
                                                                                                                                                 to improve the quality of teaching
                                                                                                                                                 throughout the higher education sector.
                                                                                                                                                 Traditionally, the key stakeholder in the
                                                                                                                                                 learning process, the student, is not given
                                                                                                                                                 a central design role, however, with the
                                                                                                                                                 advent of web 2.0 tools, it has never
                                                                                                                                                 been easier to provide students with the
                                                                                                                                                 opportunity to contribute to their own
                                                                                                                                                 learning. Many students have already
                                                                                                                                                 chosen to use social media, eg. Facebook,
                                                                                                                                                 Twitter, for their own communications
                                                                                                                                                 and social interaction (November, 2011).
                                                                                                                                                 In this paper, we report on what happens
                                                                                                                                                 when students are empowered to design
                                                                                                                                                 their own learning, and how best to
                                                                                                                                                 scaffold the design process using the
                                           Tags                                                                                                  social media tools with which they are
                                           students as learning designers, social media,                                                         already familiar.
                                           participatory media




                Languages
                cz        da           de     bg   et    el       es   fr     it   lv   lt     hu    nl   pl   pt    ro    sk   sl   fi   sv




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition                         Credits             Contents         Editorial Board        Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
35    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                Overview                                         students to creating and sharing their               learner understanding using questions.
                                                                 own learning designs. It aimed to:                   However, they often needed lots of
                The paper describes two separate,
                                                                                                                      support in understanding the relationship
                but related, studies. The “Students as           •  rovide an opportunity for students to
                                                                   P                                                  between the learning activities and the
                Learning Designers Project” (Cameron               have ownership over the design and                 pedagogy.
                 Gotlieb, 2009), involved five teachers           creation of their learning experiences;
                and 165 students from five elementary                                                                 It was not just a matter of helping the
                schools. A key element of the project            • Determine the key teaching and
                                                                                                                     students think up relevant and authentic
                was that the students were asked to take           learning opportunities afforded by                 learning tasks, their teacher’s role was
                a significant amount of responsibility             student authoring projects;                        to provide students with carefully
                in planning for, and creating, their                                                                  considered scaffolds that enabled them
                own learning. During the project, the            •  nalyse the depth and variety of
                                                                   A
                                                                                                                      to achieve beyond what they could as
                students produced 230 learning designs.            the designs provided by students
                                                                                                                      individuals with the resources before
                Research data was collected from                   when access to authoring software is
                                                                                                                      them. In the “Scaffolding Student
                teachers and students via a pre-project            provided;
                                                                                                                      Learning Designers” Project, the
                survey and video recorded post-project           •  valuate the tools that could provide
                                                                   E                                                  potential of social media tools to scaffold
                interviews. Throughout the project, the            an efficient means of involving students           this experience was examined.
                teachers took a problem-based learning             in learning.
                approach and it became quickly apparent                                                               Several studies indicate that the features
                that the students required significant           In the second project, “Scaffolding                  of social media tools may be used
                scaffolding, particularly in the early stages    Student Learning Designers”, the same                for educational purposes (Boling, et
                of the process.                                  project design was employed, but an                  al., 2008; Glass  Spiegelman, 2008;
                                                                 additional aim was included:                         Haramiak, Boulton,  Irwin, 2009;
                In the subsequent project, “Scaffolding                                                               Kajder  Bull, 2004; Martindale  Wiley,
                Student Learning Designers”, the                 •  nalyse how social media tools were
                                                                   A                                                  2005; Quible, 2005; Ray, 2006; Wassell
                potential of social media to provide               employed to scaffold the learning                   Crouch, 2008). Researchers argue
                the identified need for scaffolding                design process.                                    that social media tools, namely blogs
                was explored. The support received                                                                    and microblogs can be used as effective
                by students designing their learning,            In each project, students and teachers
                                                                                                                      instructional tools in which teachers and
                both from their teachers and their               were asked to look beyond their current
                                                                                                                      students can communicate with each
                peers, was analysed. This study involved         approach to teaching and learning and
                                                                                                                      other and make connections between
                206 Masters students at the Australian           analyse the attitudes and conceptions
                                                                                                                      content and pedagogy (Overby, 2009;
                Catholic University in their first year of       that inform that approach. The project-
                                                                                                                      Ray, 2006). Students can also utilise the
                study. Data was collected from students’         based learning strategy adopted required
                                                                                                                      technologies to collaborate and share
                Tweets, blog entries and a post-project          students to take a more active role
                                                                                                                      their resources.
                online survey.                                   in planning and creating their own
                                                                 learning. Understanding how they                     In the learning design environment
                                                                 might do this was a complex and multi-               in the “Scaffolding Student Learning
                Objectives                                       faceted problem.                                     Designers” study, students were not
                The initial project, “Students as Learning                                                            merely using the social media tools to
                                                                 Students generally understood how to
                Designers Project”, was designed to                                                                   receive information: they were engaging
                                                                 structure a basic learning task, eg. provide
                determine the educational impact of
                                                                 some information and then check




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits    Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
36    eLearningPapers


                 Instructional Design         Advantages to Students                                  Disadvantages to Students
In-depth


                 Considerations
                 Collaboration                Can learn from each other.                              Only as strong as the weakest link.
                                              Synergy results from 2 minds working together.          Too many chiefs, not enough Indians.
                                              Can share workload  responsibilities “Many hands       Difficult for some students to deal with responsibility for
                                              make small work”                                        leadership
                                                                                                      Major amounts of time are necessary.
                 Relevance                    Empowers learner to connect theory  hypotheses         If it’s the wrong track, it’s a waste of time.
                                              to actual/ practical context.
                                              Adds realism to learning process.
                                              Provides pride in ownership of product
                                              Allows for constructive learning
                 Learner control              Encourages diversity.                                   Can produce off-task results.
                                              Encourages multiple approaches to solutions.            Lack of direction can occur when losing sight of objectives
                                              Allows for more sophisticated approaches.               Procrastination can result.
                                              Encourages self-confidence.
                                              Allows control of own pace  time
                 Technological                Provides advance notice of content, context, and        May intimidate the less well informed or skilled.
                 preparation                  applications to be used.                                May get lost  overwhelmed by “information overload.
                                                                                                                                                         ”
                                              Increases familiarity  ease with technology.
                Table 1: Advantages and Disadvantages to Students as Designers and Teachers (Murphy, Harvell, Sanders  Epps, 1999)



                in a constructive learning design process          When students were given the                           didn’t know how to design to meet the
                with both their teachers and their peers.          opportunity participate in a discussion                challenge.
                                                                   with the researchers in their role as
                                                                   learning designers (with equal status                  It was noted that for those students
                Students as learning                               with their teachers), they rose to meet                who were not autonomous learners,
                designers                                          the challenge and provided insightful                  it was really important for the teacher
                                                                   comments, eg. How can groups be used                   to scaffold the learning activities so
                As learning designers, students are given
                                                                   to pull together individuals of similar                the students were able to achieve and
                the opportunity to be creative and
                                                                   of different interest?; What constitutes a             focus on learning the meacognitive and
                pursue their goals actively (Lui  Hsiao,
                                                                   ‘good’ answer?; how and why we provide                 communication skills necessary for this
                2002). The initial project demonstrated
                                                                   feedback.                                              type of work. The teachers needed to be
                that students are able to make decisions
                                                                                                                          able to identify gaps in the students’ skills
                (with varying degrees of guidance)
                                                                   The table below most effectively                       and knowledge, and provide scaffolding
                about both content (what to learn) and
                                                                   summarises the advantages of using                     to help get the students to the next level.
                pedagogy (how to learn it), (Reigeluth,
                                                                   students as designers of learning and it
                1996).                                                                                                    In the latter “Scaffolding Student
                                                                   also outlines a number of disadvantages,
                                                                   some of which that the teachers in this                Learning Designers” project, explicit
                Designing learning is a complex task.
                                                                   project also discussed in the post-project             teacher presence was intentionally
                Caver, Lehrer, Connell  Erickson
                                                                   interview.                                             withheld from the social media
                (1992) identified five categories of
                                                                                                                          environment. The students were aware
                critical thinking skills they observed
                                                                                                                          their tweets and blog entries were public
                students exhibiting when they were
                designing learning environments and/
                                                                   The Teacher’s Role                                     so their teachers could read them at any
                                                                   The presence of the teacher was clearly                time, however, the teachers did not make
                or tools. These thinking skills were also
                                                                   evident throughout the initial “Students               posts themselves. This was a conscious
                observed to be taking place in these
                                                                   as Learning Designers Project” project.                effort on the part of the teachers to
                projects:
                                                                   Initially the research team set criteria               encourage peer support, which was
                • Project management;                              with the students about what makes a                   indeed what occurred.
                • Research;                                        good learning design but the teachers
                                                                                                                          The value of scaffolding during the
                                                                   needed to have further discussions with
                • Organisation and representation;                                                                        design process became evident in
                                                                   students to identify where they hadn’t
                • Presentation; and                                                                                       the initial project. The concept of
                                                                   completely understood the criteria, or
                                                                                                                          scaffolding is derived from cognitive
                • Reflection.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits      Contents       Editorial Board       Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
37    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                psychological research. It is defined as a      the teachers provided criteria for the              and encourage active engagement with
                “social interaction that a knowledgeable        learning designs, taught metacognive and            students. All of these were observed:
                participant can create, by means of             communication skills, provided feedback
                speech, supportive conditions in which          on the learning designs and provided                •  ndependent learning, negotiated
                                                                                                                      I
                the novice can participate in, and extend,      some instruction on the use of the                    between student and teacher;
                current skills and knowledge to higher          technology.                                         • Personal development;
                levels of competence (Greenfield, 1984                                                              • Problem-based learning;
                as quoted by Donato, 1994).                     Teachers often think that what they
                                                                do is necessarily more important for                •  xplicit reflection by students on their
                                                                                                                      E
                According to Wood, Bruner  Ross                student learning that other activities                learning;
                (1976), scaffolded help is characterised        in which they engage. Although the                  • Independent group work;
                by six features:                                importance of the teacher was clearly               • Learning by doing;
                                                                demonstrated in both projects, teachers
                • Recruiting interest in the task;                                                                  • Developing learning skills; and
                                                                had to be careful not to place themselves
                • Simplifying the task;                         in the position of mediating all the                • Project work.
                • Maintaining pursuit of the goal;              students needed to know. This may                   In order for the students to design their
                                                                not only create unrealistic expectations,           own learning activities, the teachers had
                •  arking critical features and
                  M
                                                                but teachers can potentially de-skill               to relinquish some control. This resulted
                  discrepancies between what has been
                                                                their students by preventing them from              in their students being:
                  produced and the ideal solution;
                                                                effectively learning from each other
                •  ontrolling frustration during
                  C                                             (Boud et al, 2001).                                 • Given the initiative;
                  problem-solving, and
                                                                                                                    •  llowed to choose from a diversity of
                                                                                                                      A
                •  emonstrating an idealized version of
                  D                                                                                                   sound methods;
                  the act to be performed.                      Encouraging Student
                                                                                                                    •  ork in teams on authentic, real-world
                                                                                                                      W
                                                                Engagement                                            tasks;
                Donato (1994) reports that peer
                collaboration provides the same                 Throughout both projects, the
                                                                                                                    •  tilise the features of advanced
                                                                                                                      U
                opportunity for scaffolded help as does         teachers and students developed a
                                                                                                                      technologies; and
                that of the expert/novice relationship.         highly engaging, customised learning
                                                                environment that fostered student                   •  llowed to persevere until they reached
                                                                                                                      A
                It is often assumed that scaffolding only                                                             appropriate standards (Reigeluth, 1996).
                occurs in the presence of an identifiable       independence, initiative, teamwork,
                expert and that this assistance is              thinking skills, metacognitive skills and
                                                                                                                    There is no doubt the students were
                unidirectional, that is from the teacher to     diversity. Within this environment, the
                                                                                                                    actively engaged, however, just being
                the student.                                    students collaborated to design effective
                                                                                                                    allowed to do something that is not a
                                                                learning activities. Their design task
                                                                                                                    usual part of formal learning, and/or
                In the initial “Students as Learning            required them to use higher order
                                                                                                                    being recognised for creating something
                Designers Project” project teachers             thinking processes and reflection, not just
                                                                                                                    clever, is enough to keep students
                sometimes saw a need to “formalise the          the lower order thinking skills normally
                                                                                                                    motivated and on task (Prensky, 2007).
                informal” to realise the potential benefits     used when they are simply required to
                                                                                                                    Hence novelty may have been a factor
                of peer learning so that all students could     reproduce knowledge.
                                                                                                                    for the high level of student motivation
                benefit from it, not just those who were                                                            observed.
                already proficient learners. For example,       Kimber  Wyatt-Smith (2006) cite
                                                                eight strategies to foster deep learning




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
38    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                Additionally, both projects observed             resources from their peers anywhere, any             their approach to the curriculum.
                similar student behaviour to that                time; share ideas, thoughts, reflections             Teachers began to look at curriculum
                reported by Liu  Rutledge (1997), and           and support and challenge each other.                frameworks for allowing student
                that was that while students were highly         The question was often asked, “What                  creation and sharing
                motivated in many respects and were on           can I do to make this better?” and they
                task, the critical design skills of planning     frequently got instant feedback. The                Chang et al (2008) noted that resistance
                and time management were not easy for            140 character limit was a challenge for             to the change in the teacher’s role is not
                them to acquire.                                 some in this context but it provided a              only felt by the teachers. Students have
                                                                 discipline that was beneficial in many              also voiced a reluctance to accept the
                                                                 cases.                                              shift away from teacher-centred learning.
                Learning with Social Media                                                                           Have students been conditioned to the
                These results of the initial “Students           The students excelled at picking up                 status quo, or are they at a time in their
                as Learning Designers Project” were              the new technology in different and                 lives where they don’t want to upset
                impressive but what emerged during               interesting ways and the teachers found             their peers?
                the study was that students required             they learnt from the students in this area.
                timely and effective support throughout          This also helped create an environment
                the learning design process. Hence               where the control of the learning process           Conclusion
                the search began for tools to scaffold           was more student-centred.                           The “students as learning designers”
                students’ learning without diminishing                                                               approach clearly demonstrated that
                the value of peer interaction and support                                                            the act of designing can facilitate deep
                that had been witnessed in the initial
                                                                 The Findings                                        learning in the classroom. It enabled
                study.                                           These projects clearly demonstrated the             students to be independently engaged
                                                                 act of designing learning can facilitate            in investigation, work autonomously
                The value of a blog to record work-in-           students’ engagement and deep learning              and collaboratively, and it also provided
                progress and as a reflection tool is well        in the classroom. The findings were:                their teachers with rich opportunities
                documented (Dawson, Murray, Parvis                                                                   for key teaching moments. This
                 Paterson, 2005; JISC, 2008). Blogging          •  here was an increase in use of the
                                                                   T                                                 approach challenges transmission models
                often increases student participation              language of metacognition and an                  of pedagogy and requires teachers to
                in reflective activity, improves student           increase in the use of and sharing of             relinquish some control to their students
                engagement and can change the                      metacognitive strategies;                         so that they might be given the space
                dynamics of face-to-face sessions.                                                                   to design, discover how to learn and to
                                                                 •  he classroom dynamic changed.
                                                                   T
                                                                                                                     deeply engage in the learning process.
                However Twitter emerged as the social              There was a recognition of teachers as
                                                                                                                     Additionally, the paper outlined the
                media tool of choice with which to                 co-learner and guide and an increased
                                                                                                                     potential social media tools have to
                provide scaffolding advice. Doggett                recognition of peers as co-learners and
                                                                                                                     facilitate this experience. In our projects
                (2009) outlines nine reasons why Twitter           a source of support and advice;
                                                                                                                     students were not merely using the social
                might be beneficial in an educational                                                                media tools to receive information: they
                                                                 •  tudents developed highly diverse
                                                                   S
                setting. Our project confirms that Twitter                                                           were engaging in a constructive learning
                                                                   learning designs; and
                was an invaluable tool in our project.                                                               design process with both their teachers
                                                                 •  his project provided an opportunity
                                                                   T                                                 and their peers.
                Using Twitter, students were able to
                                                                   for teachers to explicitly reflect on
                source a wide range of views and
                                                                   metacognitive skills and rethink




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits    Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
39    eLearningPapers




                References
In-depth




                  	  oud, D., Cohen, R.  Sampson, J. (eds). (2001). Peer learning in higher education: Learning from and with each other.
                    B
                    London: Kogan Page.

                  	Boling, E., Castek, J., Zawilinski, L., Barton, K.,  Nierlich, T. (2008). Collaborative literacy: Blogs and Internet projects. The
                    Reading Teacher, 61(6), 504-506.

                  	  ameron, L. (2009). How learning design can illuminate teaching practice. Proceedings of The Future of Learning Design
                    C
                    Conference, December 10, 2009. Paper 3. Retrieved from
                    http://ro.uow.edu.au/fld/09/Program/3

                  	
                   Cameron, L.  Gotlieb, C. (2009). Students Participating in the Learning Design Process Using LAMS. In L. Cameron  J.
                   Dalziel (Eds), Proceedings of the 4th International LAMS Conference 2009: Opening Up Learning Design., pp. 40-47 3-4th
                                                                                                                                   .
                   December. 2009, Sydney: LAMS Foundation. Retrieved from:
                   http://lamsfoundation.org/lams2009sydney/CD/pdfs/03_Cameron.pdf

                  	
                   Carver, S.M., Lehrer, R., Connell, T.  Erickson, J. (1992). Learning by hypermedia design: Issues of assessment and
                   implementation. Educational Psychologist, 27(3), pp. 385-404.

                  	
                   Chang, R., Kennedy, G.  Petrovic, T. (2008). Web 2.0 and user-created content: Students negotiating shifts in academic
                   authority. In Hello! Where are you in the landscape of educational technology? Proceedings ascilite Melbourne 2008.
                   http://www.ascilite.org.au/conferences/melbourne08/procs/chang.pdf

                  	  awson, J., Murray, K., Parvis, S.  Paterson, J. (2005) Using weblogs to encourage reflective learning in History and
                    D
                    Classics –
                    http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/cross_fac/heahistory/elibrary/resources/CS_Dawson_Weblogs_200707xx.pdf

                  	
                   Doggett, L. (2009). Nine great reasons why teachers should use Twitter. Retrieved from
                   http://lauradoggett.com/2009/03/nine-great-reasons-why-teachers-should-use-twitter/ on 21 October, 2011.

                  	
                   Donato, R. (1994). “Collective scaffolding in second language learning” in Bygotskian approaches to second language
                   research. Norwood, J. J.: Ablex Pub. Corp.

                  	  lass, R.,  Spiegelman, M. (2008). Incorporating blogs into the syllabus: Making their space a learning space. Journal of
                    G
                    Educational Technology Systems, 6(2), 145-155.

                  	  aramiak, A., Boulton, H.,  Irwin, B. (2009). Trainee teachers’ use of blogs as private reflections for professional
                    H
                    development. Learning, Media and Technology, 34(3), 259-269.

                  	
                   JISC. (2008). Effective Practice with e-Portfolios, p.18 –
                   www.jisc.ac.uk/effectivepracticeeportfolios

                  	  ajder, S. B.,  Bull, G.. (2004). A space for “writing without writing. Learning  Leading with Technology, 31(6), 32-35.
                    K

                  	  imber, K.  Wyatt-Smith, C. (2006). Using and creating knowledge with new technologies: A case for students-as
                    K
                    designers. Learning, Media and Technology, Vo. 31, No. 1, March 2006, pp. 19-34.

                  	  iu, M.  Hsiao, Y. (2002). Middle School Students as Multimedia Designers: A Project-Based Learning Approach. Journal
                    L
                    of Interactive Learning Research, 13(4), 311-337 Norfolk, VA: AACE. Retrieved from
                                                                    .
                    http://www.editlib.org/p/9529

                  	 M.  Rutledge, K. (1997). The effect of a “learner as multimedia designer” environment on at-risk high school
                   Liu,
                   students’ motivation and learning of design knowledge. Journal of Educational Computing Research. 16(2), pp. 145-177.

                  	
                   Murphy, K.L., Harvell, T.J., Sanders, B.  Epps, M.L. (1999). Students as designers and teachers of their courses
                   via computer-mediated communication. Paper presented at the Annual Convention of the Association for Educational
                   Communications and Technology (AECT), Houston, Texas on February 13, 1999.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents     Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions     Editorial
40    eLearningPapers


                  	
                   November, A. (2011). Students as contributors: The digital learning farm. Retrieved from
                   http://novemberlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/students-as-contributors.pdf on 21 October, 2011.
In-depth




                  	 Overby, A. (2009). The new conversation: Using weblogs for reflective practice in the studio art classroom. Art Education,
                     62(4), 18-24.

                  	
                   Prensky, M. (2007). Students as designers and creators of educational computer games: Who else? Retrieved from
                   http://www.marcprensky.com/writing/Prensky-Students_as_Game_Creators-.pdf

                  	  eigeluth, C.M. (1996). IT Forum Paper #17: What is the new paradigm of Instructional Theory. Indiana University.
                    R

                  	  uible, Z. K. (2005). Blogs: A natural in business communication courses. Business Communication Quarterly, 68(1),
                    Q
                    73-76.

                  	 J. (2006). Welcome to the Blogoshere. The Educational Use of Blogs (aka Edublogs). Kappa Delta Pi Record, 42(4),
                   Ray,
                   175-177.

                  	  assell, B.,  Crouch, C. (2008). Fostering critical engagement in preservice teachers: Incorporating weblogs into
                    W
                    multicultural education. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 16(2), 211-232.

                  	  ood, D., Bruner, J.S.,  Ross, G. (1976). The role of tutoring in problem solving. Journal of Child Psychology and
                    W
                    Psychiatry. 17 pp. 89-100.
                                  ,




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents   Editorial Board   Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
41    eLearningPapers



                Blended Collaborative Constructive
In-depth




                Participation (BCCP): A model for
                teaching in higher education [ ]
                Authors
                Ligorio M. Beatrice [ +]

                Cucchiara Stefania [ +]
                University of Bari


                                                                                                                                                 1. Introduction
                                           The Blended Collaborative Constructive Participation (BCCP)
            Summary



                                                                                                                                                 Many universities have already
                                           model is a university teaching model built upon six years of
                                                                                                                                                 experimented various distance learning,
                                           experimentation.
                                                                                                                                                 blended learning or network learning
                                           Through a flexible structure and a set of six types of activities,                                    solutions. Even traditional universities
                                           the aim of this model is to put into practice a series of already                                     are in the process of softening their
                                           well-established pedagogical principles, such as the Community                                        resistance to such solutions (Cahill,
                                           of Learners, the Community of Practice, the socio-constructivist                                      2011).Volery and Lord (2000) warn
                                           dimension, the dialogical perspective, and knowledge building.                                        that if universities do not adopt
                                                                                                                                                 e-learning, they will be left behind and
                                           A three-level system is presented as an assessment tool for web-                                      they will lose ground to other types of
                                           forum discussions, organized around the contents of the course.                                       educational providers. In general, there
                                           This system is meant to be used by teachers and by students to                                        is a growing interest from universities
                                           monitor and support the evolution of the discussion.                                                  in understanding advantages, costs, and
                                                                                                                                                 conditions of introducing e-learning as
                                                                                                                                                 part of their educational provision to
                                                                                                                                                 students.

                                                                                                                                                 Many factors are recognized as critical
                                                                                                                                                 for successfully delivering e-learning.
                                                                                                                                                 O’Neil, Singh, and O’Donoghue (2004)
                                                                                                                                                 distinguish structural issues, students’
                                                                                                                                                 learning strategies, and instructors and
                                                                                                                                                 teaching style. These factors are surely
                                                                                                                                                 interconnected but each of them needs
                                                                                                                                                 a careful and specific design.

                                                                                                                                                 Many authors have indicated the
                                                                                                                                                 innovation of teaching models as a
                                                                                                                                                 crucial aspect (Waks, 2007). Calls
                                           Tags                                                                                                  for a new teaching pedagogy, that is
                                                                                                                                                 capable of fruitfully exploiting the
                                           blended teaching, higher education, knowledge                                                         potentialities of technology, can be
                                           building, web-forum discussion                                                                        found in almost all the research dealing
                                                                                                                                                 with e-learning in higher education
                                                                                                                                                 (McFadzean, 2001). Nevertheless, clear




                Languages
                cz        da           de     bg   et    el       es   fr     it   lv   lt     hu    nl   pl   pt    ro    sk   sl   fi   sv




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition                         Credits             Contents         Editorial Board        Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
42    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                and detailed indications about how              innovative pedagogical approaches, (c)                closely related to a growing sense of
                to change such a teaching model and             new assessments created from learning                 personal engagement in the practice,
                how the innovative teaching model               outcomes, and (d) e-portfolios.                       a common objective, and a set of
                should be, are lacking. In this paper, we                                                             constantly negotiated procedures,
                propose a model for university blended          Furthermore, the BCCP model inherits                  routines, and languages;
                teaching where structure and activities         well-established, non-technologically
                are clearly described. The model has            based educational models, such as:                  c)  he socio-constructivist dimension,
                                                                                                                       T
                been developed during six years of                                                                     the dialogical dimension, and the
                                                                a)  he Community of Learners (CoL)
                                                                   T                                                   knowledge building approach
                experimentation funded by the Italian
                                                                   (Brown  Campione, 1990), that                      (Scardamalia  Bereiter, 1994),
                Ministry of Research. The starting point
                                                                   considers students as active learners,              according to which learning does not
                of the model was the transformation of
                                                                   capable of increasing, deepening, and               refer to the individual’s achievements,
                strong theoretical ideas into practices
                                                                   evaluating their own knowledge.                     but rather to a clear attempt to
                that are suitable for a blended context.
                                                                   Each student is, at the same time,                  improve collective learning. Such
                Results of each year of experimentation
                                                                   a learner and a teacher when s/he                   a result is only possible through a
                were implemented the following year,
                                                                   becomes an expert on a specific part                guided and structured interaction
                therefore the model we now present
                                                                   of the learning contents. In this sense,            between peers and expert guidance.
                has a strong empirical basis. In the
                                                                   in a CoL, activities are based on the               To enrich this perspective, discussions
                following section we will briefly present
                                                                   exchange of roles, self-evaluation,                 and interactions between various
                the theoretical background inspiring
                                                                   active searching of sources, and                    points of view are considered crucial.
                the model.
                                                                   metacognition. Swapping roles, in                   The interactive moments should
                                                                   particular, is a crucial aspect of this             not be aimed at converging toward
                2. Theoretical background                          model. Groups are essential in a CoL:               a pre-fixed definition or idea; on
                                                                   they are an ideal place to test roles,              the contrary, the multiplicity of
                The model we propose, called
                                                                   to discuss, and to compare ideas and                perspectives should be maintained.
                Blended Collaborative Constructive
                                                                   information. The groups regularly                   When different points of view are
                Participation (BCCP), follows
                                                                   meet and update each other about                    confronted, discussed, mixed and
                Nkonge and Gueldenzoph’s (2006)
                                                                   their progress through so-called                    integrated, then knowledge building
                recommendations to successfully use
                                                                   “cross-talk” meetings, meant as                     implies a dialogical management
                technology in higher education. These
                                                                   moments for groups to reciprocally                  between many positions, each of
                recommendations are: (a) to encourage
                                                                   challenge each other about the                      them provided by a “voice”, in the
                contact between students and
                                                                   activities under development. In fact,              bakhtinian sense (Bakhtin, 1981).
                professors, (b) to develop reciprocity
                                                                   during the “cross-talk”, students ask               This means that no attempt is made
                and cooperation among students, (c)
                                                                   each other critical questions and offer             to converge toward a unique and
                to encourage active learning, (d) to
                                                                   stimuli for new directions;                         common point of view; rather, new
                give prompt feedback, (e) to emphasize
                time on task, (f) to communicate high                                                                  knowledge is possible when all the
                                                                b)  he Communities of Practice
                                                                   T
                expectations, and (g) to respect diverse                                                               positions and voices are considered
                                                                   (CoP) (Wenger, 1998). According
                ways of learning. We also implemented                                                                  and reciprocally enriched (Roth,
                                                                   to this model, learning happens
                some of MacKeogh and Fox’s (2009)                                                                      2009);
                                                                   when people can participate in
                suggestions, in particular as regards:             cultural practices, crucial for the              d) The Progressive Inquiry Model
                                                                                                                       
                (a) flexible modular frameworks, (b)               community; therefore, learning is                   (PIM) (Hakkarainen, Lipponen, 




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
43    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                  Järvela, 2002), that considers learning       practice the many good pedagogical                free platform called Synergeia (bscl.
                  as an inquiry process deriving from           ideas contained in the above-mentioned            fit.fraunhofer.de), that provides basic
                  general and broad questions – which           perspective. With the BCCP model we               functionalities such as the possibilities
                  we have called “research questions”-          attempt to highlight the link between             to create folders, web-forums, wikis,
                  and proceeding towards critical and           theories and practice, and we consider            and conceptual maps. Like many
                  scientific thinking. In this model,           technology to be capable of setting               other platforms, Synergeia also
                  students are spurred to finalize their        up arenas where theories can actually             provides inquiry tools to check users’
                  learning to realize a common and              be put into practice. Therefore all the           participations and to check by whom
                  shared objective. This principle              theoretical ideas we have presented can           each item online has been posted,
                  helps students collaborate in order           be found in the elements composing                read, and/or modified. Any platform
                  to reach a status beyond individual           the BCCP model, which will be                     or virtual space offering these tools
                  achievement.                                  presented in the next section.                    could be used to implement the BCCP
                                                                                                                  model.
                Other sources of inspiration include            3. Structure and activities of
                the Reciprocal Teaching (RT) model                                                                In order to describe the model we
                (Palincsar  Brown, 1984), the Jisgaw           the BCCP model                                    distinguish structural elements and
                model (Aronson  Patnoe, 1997) and              Before presenting the structure and               activities (Ligorio  Sansone, 2009).
                the general principles for collaborative        the activities composing the BCCP,
                learning and peer discussion                    a few assumptions should be cleared.              3.1 The structure
                (Dillenbourg, 1999).                            First of all, we conceive the blended
                                                                                                                  The structure of the BCCP model
                It may appear that the BCCP model               dimension as carefully integrating
                                                                                                                  concerns the contents, the way students
                is based on a copious theoretical               online and offline activities. These
                                                                                                                  are grouped, and the timing and
                background. Actually, all these theories        two contexts are not simply a re-
                                                                                                                  alternation of online and offline. As
                have numerous dimensions in common.             proposition of one another, neither is
                                                                                                                  recommended by MacKeogh and Fox
                First of all, they aim to support active        the online arena considered a repository
                                                                                                                  (2009), we propose to structure the
                and self-regulated learners; secondly,          of educational materials. Rather, we
                                                                                                                  course into modules, as many as needed
                they seek to balance individual                 consider online and offline as strictly
                                                                                                                  to cover the contents of the course
                agency with the sense of belonging              interwoven, one empowering the
                                                                                                                  and also taking into consideration the
                to a community; finally, the specific           other (Bonk  Graham 2006; Ligorio,
                                                                                                                  time available. The teacher is usually in
                finalization toward the production of           Loperfido, Sansone,  Spadaro, 2010).
                                                                                                                  charge of organizing the contents and
                a concrete product – be it a paper, a           Secondly, we assume minimum
                                                                                                                  the sequence of the modules, although
                map, a grid or a table. Another idea            technology competencies for both
                                                                                                                  there should be space for flexibility
                common to the theoretical approaches            teachers and students. No fancy
                                                                                                                  and negotiation with the students in
                used in the BCCP model concerns the             software or complicated platforms are
                                                                                                                  order to take into account their pre-
                importance given to metacognition,              needed. Participants should only be
                                                                                                                  existing knowledge and interests. We
                critical reflection, and self-assessment.       able to navigate and perform simple
                                                                                                                  recommend giving the students an
                                                                operations such as downloading and
                                                                                                                  overview of the modules, the rationale
                Instead of looking for new pedagogical          uploading materials, opening new
                                                                                                                  of their sequence, each module’s goals,
                models, which would imply a radical             folders, orienting and posting notes in
                                                                                                                  and the goals of the whole course.
                and not always feasible change for              web-forums, and managing personal
                teachers, we propose to put into                profiles. In our experience we used a




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board   Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
44    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                Each module should propose the same             groups support active learners and foster          is very flexible in terms of online
                type of activities and the same tempo.          individual responsibility for achieving            activities: they can require just a few
                This would support the students’                common goals and joint enterprise                  hours from one face-to-face meeting
                perception of many possibilities – as           (Wenger, 1998). Halfway through the                to the next, or many hours per day. In
                many as the number of modules – to              course, the groups should be broken up             fact the model can be tailored based on
                repeat the activities and, eventually, to       and recomposed. This way, students can             the needs, aims, and constraints of the
                improve their performance. By moving            experience a new group and test their              students. In any case, students should be
                from one module to the next, students           social skills in a different context.              free to spend the required hours online
                should gradually feel more confident                                                               at their own convenience.
                of the structure of the modules and             In general the offline meetings will
                become more independent and active.             follow the agenda given by the course.             3.2 The activities
                                                                This may range from one hour weekly
                Furthermore, we propose considering a           to many hours spread over two or three             Six activities compose the BCCP
                final module devoted to the preparation         weekly meetings. Regardless of the                 model. This set of activities represents
                of a collective product - for instance,         specific agenda, our general suggestion            the complete model but it is not always
                a list of important points about the            is to devote equal time to the teacher’s           necessary to implement all the activities;
                course or an instrument such as a grid          lecturing and to group discussion                  it is perfectly possible to select only a
                to guide observational activities. Such a       about the online activities. Two types             few and neglect the others.
                module should help students build up a          of lectures can be offered: a) lecturing
                                                                                                                   a) Reading and writing. Each
                general vision of the course and of the         to start up a module - these are lectures
                                                                                                                   participant is required to read
                links between the modules. Moreover,            during which the teacher outlines the
                                                                                                                   individually the educational material the
                during this final module students are           main points of the module, presents
                                                                                                                   teacher assigns him/her. This material
                forced to go back to all the previous           the educational materials, and sets up
                                                                                                                   may have several formats (such as a
                modules, so that those modules to               the research question of the module;
                                                                                                                   chapter, a journal article, a website or
                which less attention was devoted can            b) lecturing on-demand, requested by
                                                                                                                   a set of slides), carefully selected by the
                then be compensated.                            the students about points and concepts
                                                                                                                   teacher, and posted online in a specific
                                                                needing clarification during the
                Students are usually divided into                                                                  folder. To perform this task, a few days
                                                                discussions. This is a way to make the
                groups that may vary in size, from a                                                               are usually allotted. This assignment is
                                                                students active and capable of regulating
                minimum of three to a maximum of                                                                   always part of each module; therefore,
                                                                the learning process. The research
                eight, following recommendations                                                                   each student is required to read a
                                                                questions and the lecturing on-demand
                from the literature about group                                                                    number of documents similar to the
                                                                can be defined as negotiation spaces
                size (Blumenfeld, Marx, Soloway                                                                   number of modules composing the
                                                                between the teacher and the students,
                Krajcik, 1996; Dillenbourg, 1999).                                                                 course. Later, students have to write a
                                                                meant as ways to break traditional
                Therefore the number of groups to be                                                               short critical review about that material.
                                                                unidirectional teaching (from teacher to
                formed depends on the total number                                                                 To write such a review, the teacher
                                                                student).
                of students attending the course (i.e.,                                                            offers the following precise indications:
                when there are 17 students, then two            The online activities should be                    a) reporting the main issues of the
                subgroups can be formed, one with               performed in between the face-to-face              document they have read, b) outlining
                eight members and the other with                meetings. Students can log online from             its contribution to the research question
                of nine). Groups are the engine of              university computers or from their                 of the module, c) giving a personal
                collaborative learning. In fact, small          private locations. The BCCP model                  opinion, and d) from the second




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
45    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                module on, comparing the paper with             ability to acquire their own critical self-         various materials read by the students
                the previously read materials, either by        assessment.                                         composing the group. The discussions
                the same student or by other students.                                                              around the content are set in such a
                                                                This activity is inspired by the Jigsaw.            way as to foster a knowledge building
                The critical reviews are posted in              In fact, students cover a piece of the              process (Bereiter  Scardamalia, 2003).
                a virtual folder and all the group              module with their individual readings               To achieve such an objective, both
                members have to read and comment on             and by posting and reciprocally reading             individual and social dimensions are
                them. The reviews represent the starting        the reviews they cover the content of               strongly interwoven (Chan  van Aalst,
                point for the online discussions in each        the whole module. Comparing many                    2004).
                group, but they also support cross-group        papers and being encouraged to express
                discussions around the same materials.          personal points of view assures the                 c) Searching new materials.
                In fact, the same material is read by one       dialogical nature of the discussion. In             Students are encouraged to search new
                student in each group. Therefore, the           fact, many voices are involved in this              material to better address the module
                number of students reading the same             activity — specifically, the students’              and to post it online accompanied by
                material depends on the number of               voice, both as individuals and as part of           a short justification. The justification
                groups. For instance, if in a course there      a group, the voice of the experts of the            contains information about author
                are three groups, there will be three           material read, and finally the voice of             and/or website credibility, why
                students reading the same material,             the teacher.                                        the material should be considered
                and they will confront and discuss this                                                             relevant for the module, and how it
                particular reading and their reviews on         b) Discussing. Many types of                        can contribute to the inquiry on the
                it. So this activity leads to a twofold         discussions are possible online: informal,          module’s research question. Students
                level of discussion: a cross-group              organizational and module-specific, all             appreciate this practice and increasingly
                discussion about the same material,             conducted asynchronically via web-                  select interesting educational material.
                and group discussion regarding all the          forum. Informal and organizational                  The aim of this activity is twofold:
                materials of the module. Students enter         discussions are possible throughout the             it supports the students’ sensation of
                the group discussion with two “voices”:         course, as students are allowed to open             being active by contributing to the
                their own personal view, and that of the        up new discussion forums whenever                   selection of educational materials; and,
                author of the material read. This way,          they like. These spaces represent                   at the same time, students can reflect
                naïve and rhetorical discussions are also       interesting opportunities for students              on the criteria for recognizing valuable
                avoided.                                        to express their thoughts and feelings              information obtained on the Internet.
                                                                about their participation in the course.
                Furthermore, for each module, the               They are important spaces because                   d) Building collaborative products.
                teacher reads and comments two to               various matters are addressed and solved            The BCCP model proposes group-
                three reviews for each group so that, by        and, above all, a sense of community is             products and a collective final product.
                the end of the course, each student will        built. While informal and organizational            Group-products are built before moving
                have at least two commented reviews.            discussion forums are freely organized              on to a new module and they can be a
                In order to improve their writing               by the students, the module-specific                written synthesis or a conceptual map.
                skills, the students are required to read       discussions are guided by the research
                and discuss in group the teacher’s              question negotiated during the face-                The synthesis describes how the group
                comments, even when they do not                 to-face meetings. Each group attempts               worked during the module-specific
                concern their own review. The reviews           to answer the research question                     discussion. The teacher provides a
                are aimed at enhancing the students’            by comparing and discussing the                     guideline about this product, which




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
46    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                includes the following points: a) the           product. This is an activity carried out              should be sensitive to the needs of the
                length of the text (usually about 500           by all the participants of the course.                students who are not able to attend
                words); b) if and how the discussion                                                                  the class;
                moved from the research question                Having products typifying the group
                initially launched to eventual new              work means externalizing the culture of              -  erson responsible for negotiating the
                                                                                                                       P
                questions; c) how the final answer was          the group and creating further occasion                lecture on-demand with the teacher,
                negotiated. The synthesis clearly aims          for self-assessment and reflection upon                on behalf of the group.
                to sustain reflective thinking, and to          learning processes.
                                                                                                                     The whole set of roles is meant to
                provide inputs that will improve the            e) Role-taking. In our model, a                      support positive social interaction,
                reasoning and inquiry process for the           number of roles are proposed and                     knowledge building, and a sense of
                next module. A wiki-like tool is highly         all of them are aimed at shaping                     challenge in the students themselves.
                recommended to build this product.              active students. In fact, ideally, each              In fact, students find themselves acting
                The conceptual map can be designed              student should always play a role; this              in ways they would not normally act,
                by using specific software or the               way, the student can always take the                 so they experience new ways of being.
                Microsoft tool to build diagrams,               responsibility of some task essential for            Role-playing has an impact on self-
                or even just pencil and paper. The              the group and for the whole course.                  representation, broadens the range
                map should be about “what” has                  All roles are meant to interweave the                of learning strategies and positions,
                been discussed, therefore it should             process of learning with the acquisition             and enriches the identity trajectory.
                contain the main ideas borne from               of abilities and professional skills. So far,        Different situations, triggered by the
                the discussion and the final research           the roles tested in our blended courses              roles, stress different aspects of the self
                answer given by the group. This activity        are (Spadaro, Sansone,  Ligorio, 2009):             and produce new identity positioning
                is useful to improve learning through                                                                (Hermans, 2004). Specific discussions
                                                                - E-tutor, focusing on group
                                                                                                                    about the roles, about how students
                the recognition of primary concepts               management and supporting group
                of knowledge and the relationships                                                                   feel when playing them and about how
                                                                  discussion;                                        to improve their efficacy, are available
                between them (Novak  Gowin,
                1984). The final maps can be stored in                                                               throughout the course. These discussion
                                                                - Critical friend, designed to promote
                                                                  
                a folder and students can discuss and                                                                forums are presented as crucial
                                                                  cross-group collaboration by reading
                comment on them. In this manner,                                                                     moments for the knowledge building
                                                                  and commenting on the activities and
                reflection on the process of building                                                                process.
                                                                  products of a different group;
                a concept map and on the differences                                                                 f) E-portfolio and self-assessment.
                between composing a text and a map              - Person responsible for a collaborative
                                                                  
                                                                                                                     In order to support self-evaluation
                is promoted. This is also a way to allow          product (synthesis, map, final product),
                                                                                                                     and metacognitive reflection about
                students to try out different formats and         with the responsibility of guiding
                                                                                                                     the activities performed, students
                communication modes.                              the activities necessary to finalize the
                                                                                                                     are required to construct a personal
                                                                  product and of describing it during
                The final common product can                                                                         e-portfolio and complete a self-
                                                                  the face-to-face meetings;
                be different things: a check list, an                                                                assessment form, provided by the
                observational grid, a questionnaire or          - Person responsible for taking notes
                                                                                                                    teacher. The e-portfolio can be used in
                even multimedia. As we have already               and/or video clips from face-to-face               different ways at different moments: at
                said, a final module could be devoted             meetings and for uploading them                    the start of the course, students can post
                entirely to the preparation of this               online. Students covering this role                their expectations and the goals they




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
47    eLearningPapers


                 Reading and writing                               Individual reading of the assigned material
In-depth


                                                                   Individual writing of a short review following the teacher’s instruction
                                                                   Cross-group discussion involving students reading the same material
                                                                   Collective discussion about the teacher’s comments on the review
                                                                   Pedagogical references: Jigsaw, RT, dialogical perspective, PIM
                                                                   Aim: to develop academic skills in reading and writing
                 Discussing                                        Group discussion about the research question
                                                                   Pedagogical references: PIM and dialogical perspective
                                                                   Aim: to express and compare ideas (both personal and based on the readings)
                 Searching new materials                           Students search new material that is relevant for the module
                                                                   Pedagogical references: CoL and CoP
                                                                   Aim: to recognize scientific material
                 Building collaborative products                   Written synthesis of how the group discussed
                                                                   Conceptual map of the main ideas discussed, and the answer to the research question
                                                                   elaborated by the group
                                                                   Pedagogical references: PIM; collaborative knowledge building and externalization
                                                                   Aim: academic skills and practical skills about e-learning (the content of the course)
                 Role-taking                                       E-tutor, critical friend, person responsible for the collaborative products, person responsible
                                                                   for taking notes and/or video clips from face-to-face meetings and for uploading them online.
                                                                   Pedagogical references: scaffolding, CoL, CoP self-development and positioning
                                                                                                                     ,
                                                                   Aim: to support active learning and responsibility taking
                 E-portfolio and self-assessment.                  Opening and maintaining a personal folder
                                                                   Filling in a self-assessment form
                                                                   Pedagogical references: self-assessment and metacognition
                                                                   Aim: to improve skills for self-assessing expectations, activities, collaboration

                Table 1: The activities composing the BCCP model



                would like to achieve; and at the end           Table 1 presents a synopsis of the                      to understand the effects of the model,
                of each module, students should fill in         proposed activities, with the annotation                we consider crucial the assessment of
                self-assessment forms and select their          of the pedagogical references and their                 the quality of the discussions around
                best products of the module; at the end         aims.                                                   the module-research question. In
                of the course, students may report their                                                                order to assess the discussions around
                assessment about the course and their           The set of activities proposed with our                 the research question we will present
                own learning; they can also compare             model is designed mainly to support                     an analysis of one of our courses.
                their final self-assessment with their          active learners and collaborative                       The assessment of these discussions is
                initial expectations.                           knowledge building. In fact, individual                 focused on understanding if and how
                                                                learning (by reading and writing)                       the knowledge building process is
                The self-evaluation form comprises              is the starting point for subsequent                    progressing. To unravel this point we
                several questions, through which                collaborative activities such as discussing             looked at how students picked up the
                students describe how the activities            and preparing group products. Indeed,                   content offered by the reading materials
                they performed (reviewing, role-                the complex architecture of this                        and how they elaborated it.
                taking, online activities, offline              blended course allows, simultaneously,
                meetings, conceptual maps, synthesis)           individual work, work within small
                have contributed to their learning,             groups, and large group activity.                       4.1 Context and participants
                both in terms of content and skills.                                                                    The discussions analyzed here took
                Self-assessment stimulates students’                                                                    place during a course on Educational
                metacognitive processes and reflection          4. Assessing the BCCP                                   Psychology and e-Learning, offered
                on their own abilities and skills;              model                                                   at the University of Bari (Italy) in
                moreover, it supports the development           How can a teacher monitor the efficacy                  the academic year 2009-2010. This
                of critical self-evaluation. At the end         of the BCCP model? The quality of the                   particular course lasted 13 weeks and
                of the course, the teacher takes into           products and the amount of presence                     was divided into five modules. All the
                account the progress shown in the self-         online, checked through specific tools                  modules were aimed at supporting
                evaluation filled forms.                        embedded in the platform, are good                      a fairly good understanding of what
                                                                indicators of the students’ learning. But,              e-learning means, its main issues and




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents       Editorial Board        Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
48    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                its problematic aspects. The first four         like “As I read …” or “As the teacher               common decision was made and 100%
                modules covered the educational                 said during the lecture …”;                         of the agreement was reached.
                content of the course, while the last
                one was devoted to the collaborative            b) “simple theories”, when students
                                                                elaborate hypotheses and explanations               4.3 Results	
                building of a grid meant to guide the
                observation of e-learning courses. The          about facts. This level should be assigned          Results show that 22.5% of the
                modules were about a) technology                whenever there is a statement like “I               interventions were about “facts”,
                and learning; b) e-learning contents; c)        think …” or “My impression is …”;                   whereas ”simple theories” appeared
                online identity; and d) new trends.                                                                 in 40% of the cases, and 32,5% of the
                                                                c) “complex theories”, representing                 cases could be considered “complex
                16 students – 4 males and 12 females,           a deeper level of elaboration and                   theories”.
                22 years old on average – were divided          understanding in which students can
                into two groups of eight participants           explain more facts, compare several                 To understand how these frequencies
                each. In this particular course                 ideas, and answer the research question             were distributed throughout the
                students attended eight module-based            guiding the module. This level is                   discussion, we segmented each
                discussions and produced 511 notes in           recognizable when students declare                  discussion into three periods by simply
                total.                                          something like “By comparing different              looking at the dates of the notes: initial,
                                                                ideas …” or “I would like to add                    intermediate and final period. It was
                                                                something new”.                                     found that the “facts” always reached
                4.2 Methods of analysis                                                                             the highest frequency at the start of
                A qualitative analysis was used. The aim        More than one level could be assigned               the discussions (on average 18% more
                was to gain an in-depth understanding           to a single note; in fact, one note could           compared to the final part). This level
                of the content of the notes posted in           refer to many levels. Therefore we                  seems to be aimed at laying out a
                the forum through a content analysis,           segmented the note in as many parts as              common ground for the discussion by
                using a simple categorization that can          the levels we could recognize in it. After          sharing and reporting the concepts of
                also be used by teachers to assess in           all the notes were analyzed, segmented,             the module in the web-discussion.
                itinere the online discussion.                  and categorized, we counted the
                                                                frequency and the percentage of                     The “simple theories” are the most
                In particular we considered three levels        frequency of each level.                            frequent level in all the discussions.
                (Cucchiara  Ligorio, 2009), inspired                                                               This result may indicate that students
                by Bereiter and Scardamalia’s (2003)            Two researchers first analyzed 10%                  are indeed able to produce theories,
                suggestions about the knowledge                 of the corpus together, to get in tune              although they often remain at a simple
                building process:                               about the meaning of the levels and                 level. For students, this is a way to share
                                                                how to segment the notes. Then, they                and test their hypotheses or ideas.
                a) “facts”, which are information               individually assigned the categories
                collected by reading the educational            to the remaining notes. Later they                  The last level, concerning “complex
                material or the outcome of past                 compared the categories assigned                    theories”, appears mostly at the end of
                knowledge. This level can be recognized         and found an agreement of 85%. The                  the discussions, when students finalize
                whenever the student writes something           controversial cases were discussed until a          their answer to the research question.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board     Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
49    eLearningPapers
In-depth




                At this level students are attempting           We found that “transaction comments”               paramount, as a great occasion to
                to raise the quality of the ideas by            caused: a) on average, 21% of the                  strengthen the link between theory and
                comparing and synthesizing the various          passages from “facts” to “simple                   practice.
                positions that emerged and trying to            theories”; b) on average, 32% of the
                reach a higher level of understanding of        passages from “simple theories” level to           The structure and the activities
                the concepts discussed.                         “complex theories”.                                composing the model are the result of
                                                                                                                   six years of experimentation during
                Moreover, in order to understand how            This result highlights the social and              which many improvements were
                the discussion shifts from one level to         dialogical nature of the discussion, in            produced. Furthermore, the model
                the next, we observed these occurrences         that it progresses within the dialectic            proved in many ways to be efficient
                in detail. We found a type of                   exchange between students and                      and effective. In this paper we have
                intervention capable of sustaining such         the mutual support they give each                  presented the method of analyzing the
                a movement and called it “transaction           other. The “transaction comments”                  discussions about the learning material,
                comment”. This type of intervention             represent a form of help and a scaffold            guided by a research question. The
                seems to be capable of sustaining the           explicitly offered to and requested by             reason for this choice is the fact that we
                development of the discussion toward a          the students, aimed at stimulating the             consider the asynchronous web-forum
                higher level. The “transaction comment”         improvement of ideas (Cucchiara                   peer discussion to be a very crucial
                has a specific feature: it does not strictly    Ligorio, 2009).                                    aspect of e-learning. But it is not easy
                refer to the content of the discussion,                                                            for teachers and instructors to monitor
                but it is a discourse strategy, with the        This type of result can provide useful             its depth and quality. We consider the
                clear purpose of triggering interactions        feedback to teachers and students for              analysis we have presented to be a
                among students. For example, after              improving their discursive practices and           tool that teachers and instructors can
                expressing their ideas, students may            the online discussion.                             easily master. By looking at the three
                ask questions or opinions from their                                                               levels we propose (fact, simply theory,
                peers (i.e. “what do you think about                                                               complex theory), the quality of the
                                                                5.Conclusions
                this?”) with the intention of eliciting                                                            discussions can be monitored, and by
                feedback, or obtaining their alliance           In this paper we have presented the                using the transaction comments, it can
                or collaboration. The “transaction              Blended Collaborative Constructive                 be advanced.
                comments” are usually able to push              Participation model as a teaching model
                other participants to comment and               for university. The model is built upon
                contribute to the general discussion.           well-established pedagogical principles
                Often such comments unveil the                  and attempts to put them into practice.
                intention to support the development            We consider the introduction of
                and improvement of ideas and the shift          technology in university contexts,
                from one level to the next.                     where face-to-face meetings are




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
50    eLearningPapers




                References
In-depth




                  	  ronson, E.  Patnoe, S. (1997). The jigsaw classroom: Building cooperation in the classroom (2nd ed.). New York:
                    A
                    Addison Wesley Longman.

                  	  akhtin, M. (1981). The Dialogic Imagination. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.
                    B

                  	  ereiter, C., Scardamalia, M. (2003). Learning to work creatively with knowledge, in De Corte, E.; Verscheffel, L.;
                    B
                    Entwistle, N.; Merrienboer, J.V. (eds.), Powerful learning environments: Unravelling basic components and dimension.
                    Oxford: Elsevier Science.

                  	  lumenfeld, P
                    B              .C., Marx, R.W., Soloway, E.,  Krajcik, J. (1996). Learning with Peers: from small group cooperation to
                    Collaborative Communities. Educational Research, 25, (8), 37-40.

                  	
                   Bonk, C. J.,  Graham, C. R. (Eds) (2006). The Handbook of Blended Learning: Global Perspectives, Local Designs. San
                   Francisco, CA: Pfeiffer.

                  	
                   Brown, A.L.  Campione, J.C. (1990). Communities of learning or a content by any other name. In D. Kuhn (ed.),
                   Contribution to human development. (pp. 108-126). New York: Oxford University Press.

                  	  ahill, J. L. (2011). Implementing online or hybrid courses in a traditional university. eLearning Papers n.º 24, April 2011,
                    C
                    http://www.elearningpapers.eu/en/download/file/fid/22293

                  	  han, C.K.K.,  Van Aalst, J. (2004). Learning, assessment, and collaboration in computer-supported collaborative
                    C
                    learning. In J. W. Strijbos, P Kirschner,  R. Martens (Eds.), What we know about CSCL: and implementing it in higher
                                                  .
                    education (pp. 87-112). Kluwer Academic Publishers.

                  	  ucchiara, S.,  Ligorio, M.B., (2009). From facts to theories: a case study. Paper presented at Knowledge Building
                    C
                    Summer Institute. Palma de Mallorca, 29 August - 3 September 2009.

                  	
                   Dillenbourg, P (1999). What do you mean by collaborative learning? In P Dillenbourg (Ed.) Collaborative-learning: Cognitive
                                 .                                                        .
                   and Computational Approaches (pp.1-19). Oxford, UK: Elsevier.

                  	  akkarainen, K., Lipponen, L.,  Järvela, S. (2002). Epistemology of inquiry and computer-supported collaborative
                    H
                    learning. In T.D. Koshmann et al (Eds), CSCL 2: Carrying Forward the Conversation (pp. 129-156). Mahwah, N.J.: Laurence
                    Erlbaum Associates.

                  	  ermans, H. (2004). Mediated identity in the emerging digital age: A dialogical perspective. Identity: An international
                    H
                    Journal of theory and research, 4(4), 297-405.

                  	
                   Kershaw, A. (1996). People, planning, and process: The acceptance of technological innovation in post-secondary
                   organizations. Educational Technology, 44-48.

                  	  igorio, M.B., Loperfido, F ., Sansone, N.,  Spadaro, P . (2010). Blending educational models to design blended
                    L                              .F                            .F
                    activities. In D. Persico  F Pozzi (eds.)Techniques for Fostering Collaboration in Online Learning Communities: Theoretical
                                                 .
                    and Practical Perspectives (pp.64-81) IGI Global.

                  	  igorio, M. B.,  Sansone, N. (2009). Structure of a Blended University course: Applying Constructivist principles to a
                    L
                    blended course, in C. R. Payne (Ed.) Information Technology and Constructivism in Higher Education: Progressive Learning
                    Frameworks. London, IGI Global, pp. 216-230.

                  	
                   Nkonge, B.,  Gueldenzoph, L. E. (2006). Best practices in online education: Implications for policy and practice.
                   Business Education Digest, (15), 42-53.

                  	
                   Novak, J. D.,  Gowin, D. B. (1984). Learning how to learn. New York and Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

                  	
                   O’Neill, K., Singh, G.,  O’Donoghue, J. (2004). Implementing eLearning Programmes for Higher Education: A Review
                   of the Literature. Journal of Information Technology Education V.3, 313-323.




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents    Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions    Editorial
51    eLearningPapers


                   	  alincsar, A. S.,  Brown, A. L. (1984). Reciprocal teaching of comprehension-fostering and comprehension-monitoring
                     P
                     activities. Cognition and Instruction, 2, 117-175.
In-depth




                   	 W. M. (2009). Dialogism: A Bakhtinian Perspective on Science and Learning. Rotterdam: Sense Publisher.
                    Roth,

                   	
                    Scardamalia, M.,  Bereiter, C. (1994). Computer Support for Knowledge-Building Communities. The Journal of the
                    Learning Sciences, 3(3), 256-283.

                   	
                    Singh, G., O’Donoghue, J,  Worton, H. (2005). A Study Into The Effects Of eLearning On Higher Education. Journal of
                    University Teaching and Learning Practice.

                   	  padaro, P F Sansone, N.,  Ligorio, M. B. (2009). Role-taking for Knowledge Building in a Blended Learning course.
                     S           . .,
                     Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society, 5 (3), 11-21.

                   	  olery, T.,  Lord, D. (2000). Critical success factors in online education. The International Journal of Education
                     V
                     Management, 14 (5), 216 – 223.

                   	  aks, L. J. (2007). The concept of fundamental educational change. Educational Theory, 57(3), 277-295. Retrieved from
                     W
                     http://proquest.umi.com.proxy1.ncu.edu/?did=1380272801 sid=1Fmt=3clientId=52110RQT=309VName=PQD

                   	  enger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice. Learning, Meaning and Identity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
                     W




                eLearning
                Papers
                  www.elearningpapers.eu




                Special edition            Credits   Contents    Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions    Editorial
From
                            the field
                            Experiences with technologies in
                            learning environments




       n in g                 K
                               nowledge-building: Designing for learning
                              using social and participatory media




     r
                              C
                               reating Invitational Online Learning




   a
                              Environments Using Art-Based Learning




  e s
                              Interventions




 L r
e e                                         rning
                                                          pap ers.e
                                                                                   u




  p
                                        lea
                       ww.e


 a
                     w


P
 eLearning
 Papers
   www.elearningpapers.eu




 Special edition              Credits     Contents   Editorial Board   Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
53    eLearningPapers



                      Knowledge-building:
From the field




                      Designing for learning using social
                      and participatory media [ ]

                                                                                                                                                      content, and the harnessing of
                        This report presents the results of a classroom action research that looked                                                   collective intelligence which Mason
                        at how one teacher redesigned her curriculum while integrating social                                                         (2008, p. 155) describes as a mismatch
                        media, Web 2.0 and face-to-face teaching in an Australian public high                                                         between centralised control (traditional
                        school.                                                                                                                       course design) and increased user
                                                                                                                                                      control (course design reflecting Web
                        It explores the qualities that social and participatory media bring to the
                                                                                                                                                      2.0 practice). This is a time where
                        classroom while focussing on students as active and valued participants in
                                                                                                                                                      pervasive media and a technology
                        the learning process. Building knowledge using the uniqueness of social
                                                                                                                                                      landscape is becoming increasingly
                        media enabled students to become active and valued resources for both
                                                                                                                                                      global, participatory and connected,
                        the teacher and their peers. Designing for learning is a key challenge
                                                                                                                                                      one in which learners and teachers
                        facing education today; this case offers ideas for learning designers and
                                                                                                                                                      can increasingly become creators of
                        contributes to a research base that can support educators from all sectors.
                                                                                                                                                      knowledge rather than mere consumers
                                                                                                                                                      of prepared messages and ideas (Jacobsen
                      Introduction                                                          found, venturing beyond the walls of                      2010).
                                                                                            the classroom, to design learning that                    Schools at present are justifiably wary
                      Today’s youth are growing up in a digital
                                                                                            involves knowledge-building activities,                   of social media in their classroom.
                      world. Where and how they learn is
                                                                                            is well supported by the integration of                   Over the last four years the researcher
                      changing as mobile learning and social
                                                                                            online social media, Web 2.0 and face-                    has been using social media in her
                      networking become part of their every
                                                                                            to-face teaching; producing a flexible                    classroom and, as a result, provided
                      day life. As a result of this phenomenon,
                                                                                            student-centred environment.                              students with an environment involving
                      what it means to teach and learn is
                      changing as new technologies make                                     Course design using Web 2.0                               more freedom and flexibility than the
                      it possible to easily tap into the                                    technologies needs to be seen as                          traditional classroom. A major issue of
                      knowledge and skills that students                                    ‘emergent’ (Mason 2008, p. 155).                          concern is that teachers are not available
                      bring with them into the classroom.                                   When designing the projects used                          to monitor students twenty-four hours
                      Valuing their often hidden talents can                                throughout this research the teacher/                     a day, seven days a week; hence, an
                      be a difficult task within a high school                              researcher incorporated concepts of                       element of trust and understanding
                      curriculum program. As this research                                  student empowerment, user generated                       must be built. For some young people,

                      Tags
                      social and participatory media, online learning, knowledge-building,
                      classroom action research, secondary school

                      Author

                      Gail Casey, Deakin University, Greelong, Oceania [ +]

                      Acknowledgement
                      The author would like to thank her Deakin PhD Supervisor, Professor Terry Evans, for his ongoing assistance throughout the
                      study and acknowledge the quality of his advice.


                      Languages
                      cz        da           de   bg   et    el       es   fr     it   lv    lt     hu    nl   pl   pt    ro    sk   sl   fi   sv




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition                       Credits             Contents          Editorial Board        Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
54    eLearningPapers
From the field




                                                           	
                                                                                     	
  
                      Semester 2, 2010 classroom Ning             Semester 1 2011 classroom Ning
                                                                                                       	
     Semester 2, 2011 classroom Ning
                      Screen clipping taken: 19/10/2011           Screen clipping taken: 19/10/2011           Screen clipping taken: 19/10/2011


                      Figure 1: Visitors recorded on each of the three online Nings used during the research




                      monitoring their own developed online                      Web 2.0. The data was collected over                          that does not merely emulate the work
                      site for new activity or comment can                       approximately 18 months commencing                            of mature scholars or designers but
                      become a seemingly addictive pastime                       July, 2010 and was collected from all                         that substantively advances the state of
                      but as Mason (2008, p. 70) discusses,                      of the teacher/researchers semester                           knowledge in the classroom community
                      there are many advantages in using the                     long-classes. The teacher/researcher                          and situates it within the larger societal
                      unique qualities of social media when in                   taught 7 semester-length classes during                       knowledge building effort (Scardamalia
                      the classroom: they require students to                    the first semester and 5 during the                            Bereiter 2006). By using one online
                      participate, think, contribute and become                  second semester. The third semester of                        Ning each semester as a shared social
                      active in their learning.                                  data collection was still in progress at                      networked classroom the teacher/
                                                                                 the time of writing this paper. Students                      researcher could observe the building
                      Research Design                                            were aged between 13 and 16 years                             and sharing of knowledge that occurred
                                                                                 of age and the average class size was                         through formal teacher directed projects
                      This research is a qualitative study
                                                                                 25. All students during the first two                         and informal student directed activities.
                      investigating emergence, connections
                                                                                 semesters of data collection were from                        One could also monitor the visitors to
                      and designs for learning. The
                                                                                 one Year 7 to 12 co-educational public                        the Ning from around the world. At
                      connections now being made, outside
                                                                                 high school in Geelong, Australia.                            times classes engaged in global projects
                      the classroom, with social media and
                                                                                 Students were predominantly from                              but the Ning was not used directly for
                      learning, demonstrate that what it means
                                                                                 mid-range socioeconomic backgrounds                           these. It is interesting however, to see
                      to teach and learn is changing. The
                                                                                 and the school student population was                         the selection of wider audience shown
                      researcher combined Graham Nuthall’s
                                                                                 approximately 900. The data collected                         in Figure 1 which shows the automated
                      (2007) “lens on learning” with Luckin’s
                                                                                 included teacher planning documents,                          visitor maps for each of the 3 Nings
                      (2010) knowledge building pedagogy
                                                                                 field notes, student work, end-of-week                        at the time of writing this paper (each
                      to help her conceptualise and analyse
                                                                                 reflections, mid-term and end-of-term                         computer’s unique identifier ensures
                      data whilst making links to social
                                                                                 reflections as well as critical friend                        that any one computer is only registered
                      constructivist teaching in addition to
                                                                                 and peer feedback. Students used                              once). This perhaps shows some work
                      chaos and complexity theories.
                                                                                 pseudonyms when online which they                             towards building, what Scardamalia and
                      This study uses an action research                         could change at any time hence they                           Bereiter call, societal knowledge.
                      method. The researcher is a PhD student                    often could not identify who a student                        Throughout this research, students
                      as well as the classroom teacher and uses                  was or from which class they were a                           were faced with a wide range of tools
                      Armstrong and Moore’s (2004, p. 13)                        member.                                                       which encouraged them to think,
                      framework of the action research spiral
                                                                                                                                               create and share. Multimodal methods
                      which explicitly seeks to encourage
                      inclusive processes through research
                                                                                 Designing for learning -                                      of learning were at their fingertips and
                                                                                 knowledge building                                            new literacies became part of the day-
                      design, practice and process, and research
                                                                                                                                               to-day learning cycle. Some examples
                      outcomes. This action research cycle                       Knowledge building pedagogy is based
                                                                                                                                               of student work follow and are drawn
                      included the designing of learning                         on the premise that authentic, creative
                                                                                                                                               from the large quantity of data collected
                      experiences that combined social                           knowledge work can take place in
                                                                                                                                               as students used a wide range of Web
                      media with face-to-face teaching and                       school classrooms – knowledge work
                                                                                                                                               2.0 tools. These included:




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits            Contents         Editorial Board              Guidelines for submissions             Editorial
55    eLearningPapers
From the field




                                                           	
  
                      Figure 2: Animated podcast made by a student using a ‘Voki’ for an Internet Safety project,
                      http://ghs2010.ning.com/group/internetsafety?groupUrl=internetsafetyid=6203891%3AGroup%3A4
                      301xg_pw=page=2#comments
                      Screen clipping taken: 17/10/2011, 4:28 PM




                      • Survey generators: http://polldaddy.com/
                      • Picture podcasting: http://voicethread.com/ • http://www.voki.com/ • http://blabberize.com/
                      • Photo editing: http://www.picnik.com/ • http://click7.org/image-mosaic-generator/?create • http://zoom.it/arOi
                      • Word clouds: http://www.tagxedo.com/ • http://www.wordle.net/
                      • Cartoon makers: http://www.toondoo.com/ • http://www.makebeliefscomix.com/
                      • Movie making with copyright free music: http://animoto.com/
                      • Animation creators: http://www.xtranormal.com/watch/6919105/identity-theft-2
                      • Picture globe generator: http://taggalaxy.de/
                      • Picture editor: http://www.picnik.com/
                      • Mind mapping: https://bubbl.us/ • http://www.wallwisher.com/
                      • Real world pictures: http://www.google.com/earth/index.html • http://photosynth.net/ • http://maps.google.com/
                      • Timeline creator: http://www.timetoast.com/
                      • QR code generator: http://www.mobile-barcodes.com/qr-code-generator/
                      • Data visualization: http://ghs2011.ning.com/group/datavisualisation


                      Knowledge-building represents an                civilisation-wide knowledge and to                 Internet safety message onto the screen
                      attempt to refashion education in               make their classroom work a part of it.            which was read aloud by the animated
                      a fundamental way (Scardamalia                 This is a shift from treating students as          character when their work was
                      Bereiter 2006, p. 97) so that it becomes        learners and inquirers to treating them            published. Students were keen to hear
                      a coherent effort to initiate students          as members of a knowledgbe building                each others Voki and struggling students
                      into a knowledge-creating culture.              community (Scardamalia  Bereiter                  quickly understood the requirements of
                      The following discussion of student             2006, p. 98).                                      the task by watching the work of their
                      work provide examples of students not           Figure 2 shows a screen clip of an                 peers. Learning occurred not only by
                      only developing knowledge-building              animated podcast made by a Year 7 (13              students producing their own work but
                      competencies but also coming to see             year old) student during an Internet               by listening to the work of others.
                      themselves and their work as part of,           safety project. This was made using a              Figure 3 shows a 30 second long video
                      what Scardamalia and Bereiter call,             ‘Voki’ at http://www.voki.com/                     made online by a Year 7 student using
                      the civilisation-wide effort to advance         and this can be heard by following the             Animoto (http://animoto.com/)
                      knowledge frontiers. In this context, the       link below the screen clip. The work               during a digital footprints project.
                      integration of social media, Web 2.0 and        involved students choosing an animated             By using Animoto the student could
                      face-to-face teaching became a realistic        character followed by them choosing                upload their own still pictures and select
                      means for students to connect with this         a character voice. They then typed an              from a wide variety of music which




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
56    eLearningPapers
From the field




                      Figure3: Video clip made by a student using ‘Animoto’ for a digital footprints project,
                      http://ghs2010.ning.com/group/digitalfootprints, Screen clipping taken: 17/10/2011, 4:28 PM




                      is free of copyright to add to their             to become part of a community of                     world. Examples of this can be seen
                      video. Students enjoyed watching the             learners with her students.                          in Figure 4, 5 and 6 where students
                      created works of their peers and this            Social media are about the content and               connect with each other through
                      motivated them to learn the concepts             the building of a sense of community.                projects that contained elements that
                      of the project, complete the task                Using a social network, such as a Ning,              related to their real lives. When students
                      and to integrate their own creativity,           in the classroom allowed the teacher/                shared their analysis and published
                      knowledge and skills.                            researcher not only to incorporate                   work online, it supported students
                                                                       multimedia and multimodal texts                      in a variety of ways. Some students
                      Designing for learning                           but also to share these quickly and                  used it as a support structure for their
                      - Integrating Social and                         easily, providing a collaborative                    own work and others engaged in a
                      Participatory Media with Face-to-                learning environment for students                    comparison with their own work while
                      Face teaching                                    to communicate. By incorporating                     some preferred to provide critical
                                                                       social media into the day-to-day lives               commentary. All students are different
                      Many students, in the developed world,
                                                                       of students in the classroom, new                    and as Luckin (2010, p. 173) points
                      come with knowledge that enables
                                                                       literacies, that are becoming part of                out; “we need to pause and consider
                      them to create, connect and form a
                                                                       students’ out-of-school lives, were also             how we might take more of a learner’s
                      partnership in the learning process;
                                                                       easily incorporated. These concepts are              resources into account when designing
                      but these are not widely used in the
                                                                       supported by many academics including                technology-rich learning activity and, as
                      classroom, as discussed by Thomas and
                                                                       Alvarez (2001), Fletcher, (2007) Glover              a result, how we may do better by our
                      Brown.
                                                                       and Oliver (2008) and Hahn (2008).                   learners”.
                      “The kind of learning that will
                                                                       Academic interest in the consequences                Figure 4 is a screen clip showing a
                      define the twenty-first century is not
                                                                       of the use of technology and the use of              student’s published analysis and graph
                      taking place in a classroom – at least
                                                                       media in the expansion of knowledge                  of the data they collected on how
                      not in today’s classroom. Rather, it is
                                                                       and the development of learning and                  they spend their time during a specific
                      happening all around us, everywhere,
                                                                       pedagogy, have shifted away from the                 week; this student’s pseudonym was
                      and it is powerful”. (p. 17)
                                                                       linear issues of ‘use’ and ‘outcomes’ to             ‘Mouse’ at the time the screen clip was
                      Authentic integration of ICT is                  more nuanced concerns with the design                taken. Through this project, students
                      important if one is to think differently         and evaluation of learning technologies,             gained a deeper understanding of
                      about learning and to explore ways to            as well as the social complexities of                themselves and their daily lives as well
                      reproduce some of Thomas and Brown’s             their use (Selwyn  Loliver 2011).                   as an awareness of how they differ from
                      ideas of twenty-first century powerful                                                                their peers. Students were not only
                                                                       Luckin (2010, p. 169), when discussing
                      learning. Throughout her research,                                                                    engaged but motivated to gain the skills
                                                                       new opportunities for learning,
                      the teacher/researcher found that she                                                                 and knowledge which allowed them
                                                                       describes the increased connectivity
                      had to, at times, “unlearn” many of                                                                   to collect, create, publish and compare
                                                                       between people and between the
                      her traditional teaching practices and                                                                themselves with others because this
                                                                       physical and virtual realities of their
                                                                                                                            enabled them to connect, converse




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents       Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
57    eLearningPapers
From the field




                      and share this information with their
                      peers online. This was one of a number
                      of occasions when students achieved
                      a series of very complicated processes;
                      processes that would normally take
                      them up to five periods (250 minutes)
                      to complete were completed in only
                      one or two periods (up to 100 minutes).
                      During these occasions a buzz existed
                      in the classroom and students would
                      be out of their seat asking each other
                      for help, comparing notes and being
                      enthusiastically supportive to their
                      peers. The online medium also offered
                      alternatives which helped some students
                      avoid the face-to-face shyness and
                      awkwardness of other modes of sharing
                      such as exchanging physical sheets of
                      paper, moving into physical groups and
                      standing out the front of the classroom
                      presenting PowerPoint slides.
                      When discussing our networked
                      society, Bonk (2009, p. 327) asserts
                      that this new economy now includes
                      multiple voices and viewpoints that
                      can be raised, debated and extended,
                      based on personal experiences and
                      observations. But who helps to ready
                      our students for such an economy?
                      Figures 5 and 6 are screen clips from
                      the classroom Ning showing examples
                      of these multiple voices. These voices
                      provided supportive and constructive


                                                                                                                                                                 	
  
                      peer feedback that continued to evolve
                      over time through the action research
                      cycle. The teacher/researcher believes
                      that she had far greater success with           Figure 4: How I spend my time project – students collected their own data which they published
                      developing student voices online when            communicated online.
                      comparing peer feedback with her




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions      Editorial
58    eLearningPapers
From the field




                      face-to-face classroom. When using
                      student face-to-face feedback, often
                      students would quickly loose interest
                      in their peers’ work and provided little
                      if any constructive feedback; class time
                      given to this type of activity usually
                      led to students being distracted from
                      the task. Students in Figure 5 produced
                      ‘supporting’ materials for their peers
                      and in return their peers provided
                      feedback to support improvement of
                      work, as can be seen in the number
                      of replies in the screen clip. The Ning


                                                                                                                                                                 	
  
                      provided a mechanism for students
                      to share their skills and knowledge,
                      to help others, and hence not only
                      to become active in the teaching
                      and learning process but to become              Figure 5: The number of peer replies to student made help videos varied depending on the
                                                                      video topic and how long the video took to publish.
                      valued participants. Students became
                      increasingly aware of their online voices,
                      and their growth as digital citizens was
                      essential as the research progressed.
                      Figure 6 shows a screen clip of three
                      examples of peer feedback and some
                      initial peer assessment. For a student to
                      be able to provide this type of feedback
                      they must have an understanding of
                      the requirements of the task and what
                      their peer has done as well as how
                      their feedback will help their peer
                      achieve success. This type of assessment

                                                                                                                                                                 	
  
                      was kept simple and students were
                      expected to give a high (H), medium
                      (M) or low (L) assessment to three of           Figure 6: Students giving peers feedback and assessment.
                      their peers. Students generally found
                      it easy to understand the concept of;
                      a low, not complete and little effort;
                      high, complete and enjoyable to view;           and wordy descriptions of assessment                 and students were able to learn from
                      medium, not high or low. This type              expectations. The Ning social network                each other using the open publishing
                      of assessment moved the teacher/                enabled student feedback and                         nature of the online social networking
                      researcher away from detailed rubrics           assessment to be open but supportive                 system. Training students to critique and




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board      Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
59    eLearningPapers
From the field




                      assess continued to be a challenging and          and to see, in ways which could be               group. This meant that one or two
                      evolving process.                                 used as models for other students.               interest-grabbing ideas would not be
                                                                      • Students produced help tutorials to              sufficient to sustain the process and
                      Conclusion                                      support the learning of others and                 actually changing the way student
                                                                      connected learning occurred; hence, the            learning occurred in the classroom,
                      Building a shared framework for
                                                                      class frame of thought moved past the              using resources both physical and
                      learning was made possible by using
                                                                      concept of ‘cheating’ and into a shared            online, was essential. It was also essential
                      the action research cycle to develop
                                                                      framework of learning.                             that the teacher gave ground to the
                      different ways for students to construct
                                                                                                                         students, learnt with the students and
                      and share their skills and knowledge.           To monitor and participate in the Ning
                                                                                                                         learnt from the students.
                      This included using their phones to             required an increase in the teacher’s
                      scan, take pictures and upload content.         work time. As a partial counter-balance,           There has been much research done
                      During one semester, there were more            it was found that the teacher/researcher           on teaching and learning in the
                      than 150 students sharing the one Ning          successfully reduced her time spent                traditional classroom. In the normal
                      and these students made more than               on correction by implementing peer                 context of the classroom even the
                      forty online student directed groups            and self-assessment with students and              most experienced, sensitive teacher
                      where, within the normal school rules           by making more effective use of her                is unable to measure how students
                      of behaviour, they were able to express         classroom observations. This led to a              internalise and make sense of classroom
                      themselves freely. Students needed              valuable triangulation of assessment               activities (Collins  O’Toole 2006,
                      support and scaffolding, not only to            data. Reviewing many of the screen                 p. 609). Graham Nuthall’s research,
                      assist them in helping their peers in the       clips collected in this study, one can             as discussed by Collins and O’Toole,
                      learning process, but also to understand        see the diversity of roles and activities          shows that, what matters to teachers
                      and embed the wide range of Web 2.0             in which the students engaged. Initial             is that they provided their students
                      tools. The teacher was also new to many         analysis of the research data suggests             with positive experiences, that there
                      of these practices and needed to work           that by combining Web 2.0, face-to-                was a good atmosphere in their classes,
                      with the students as partners in the            face teaching and social media, where              that students felt safe and successful in
                      learning process.                               students made online friends and used              their learning activities, that personal
                                                                      pseudonyms, has changed the way they               difficulties could be worked out and
                      •  tudents came with knowledge and
                        S
                                                                      work, communicate and learn but as                 that life was happy and good for them
                        skills and were encouraged to use and
                                                                      Hattie (2008, p. 240) reminds us, the              and their students. Nuthall’s research
                        further develop these as well as to
                                                                      beliefs and conceptions held by teachers           challenges educators to value these but
                        share them.
                                                                      need to be questioned – not because                to also move to accepting responsibility
                      •  ocial networking was used to enable
                        S                                                                                                for greater student understanding. This
                                                                      they are wrong (or right) but because
                        students to become the resources for                                                             is fundamental to effective teaching
                                                                      the essence of good teaching is that
                        their peers.                                                                                     and learning and the challenge is
                                                                      teacher expectations and conceptions
                      •  eer-to-peer feedback was set up
                        P                                             must be subjected to debate, refutation            to have students demonstrate their
                        so that each student had 3 peers to           and investigation. It is of note that              understanding in practice (Collins
                        provide feedback for improvement              this research is of an extended process             O’Toole 2006, p. 609). Social and
                        and assessment.                               where ‘engagement’ would not be                    participatory media allows more than
                      •  ork was presented via a range of
                        W                                             sufficient. It was not a trial of a ‘good          just the teacher to be the judge of this
                        media and published, for all to share         idea’ over a week or two, but lasting              understanding of practice.
                                                                      almost six months with each student




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
60    eLearningPapers
From the field



                      References
                        	
                         Alvarez, MC (ed.) 2001, Developing Critical and Imaginative Thinking within electronic literacy, What adolescents deserve :
                         a commitment to students’ literacy learning, International Reading Association, Newark, Del.

                        	
                         Armstrong, F  Moore, M 2004, ‘Action research: developing inclusive practice and transforming cultures’, in F
                         Armstrong  M Moore (eds), Action research for inclusive education : changing places, changing practice, changing minds,
                         RoutledgeFalmer, London ; New York pp. 1-16.

                        	  onk, CJ 2009, The world is open : how Web technology is revolutionizing education, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco.
                          B

                        	
                         Collins, S  O’Toole, V 2006, ‘The use of Nuthall’s unique methodology to better understand the realities of children’s
                         classroom experience’, Teaching and Teacher Education, vol. 22, pp. 592-611.

                        	
                         Fletcher, GH 2007, ‘Bloggers welcome here: social networking tools appear poised to enter the school system. It’s a
                         breakthrough long overdue.(commentary)’, T H E Journal (Technological Horizons In Education), vol. 34, no. 11, p. 8(1).

                        	
                         Glover, I  Oliver, A 2008, ‘Hybridisation of Social Networking and Learning Environments’, in World Conference on
                         Educational Multimedia, Hypermedia and Telecommunications 2008, Vienna, Austria, pp. 4951-8.

                        	Hahn, J 2008, ‘Born Digital: Understanding the First Generation of Digital Natives’, Library Journal, vol. 133, no. 13, p. 105.

                        	
                         Hattie, J 2008, Visible learning : a synthesis of meta-analyses relating to achievement, Routledge, London : New York.

                        	  acobsen, M 2010, ‘A Special Issue of the Canadian Journal of Learning and Technolgy on Knowledge Building’, Canadian
                          J
                          Journal of Learning  Technology, vol. 36, no. 1, pp. 1-4.

                        	  uckin, R 2010, Re-designing learning contexts : technology-rich, learner-centred ecologies, Routledge, New York.
                          L

                        	  ason, R 2008, E-learning and social networking handbook : resources for higher education, Routledge, New York.
                          M

                        	
                         Nuthall, G 2007, The hidden lives of learners, New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington, N.Z.

                        	
                         Scardamalia, M  Bereiter, C 2006, ‘Knowledge Building: Theory, Pedagogy, and Technology’, in K Sawyer (ed.), The
                         Cambridge Handbook of the Learning Sciences, Cambridge University Press, New York, pp. 97-115.

                        	
                         Selwyn, N  Loliver, M 2011, ‘Editorial’, Learning, Media and Technology, vol. 36, no. 1, pp. 1-3.

                        	
                         Thomas, D  Brown, J, S 2011, A new Culture of Learning : Cultivating the Imagination for a World of Constant Change,
                         amazon.com, Charleston, USA.




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents   Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions    Editorial
61    eLearningPapers



                      Creating Invitational Online Learning
From the field




                      Environments Using Art-Based
                      Learning Interventions [ ]

                        Effective online learning environments are inviting; infused with respect,
                                                                                                                                                      Arts-Based Learning
                        trust, intentionality, and optimism (Purkey, 2007). Arts-based learning                                                       Interventions
                        interventions like Reflective Poetry, Minute at the Movies Analysis, “Our                                                     The arts-based learning interventions
                        Community” Soap Scenes, and Theme Songs facilitate invitational online                                                        described include elements of literature,
                        classes. These inexpensive, adaptable interventions enhance learning                                                          drama, and music.
                        environments by encouraging human connections and creativity.
                                                                                                                                                      Reflective Poetry. Online learners
                                                                                                                                                      are invited to create poems that distill a
                      Online learning environments should                                   (Calman, 2005), dialogue (Calman),                        complex or abstract course concept into
                      be inviting. Arts-based learning                                      and engagement of affect (Mareno,                         a few carefully chosen words. Poems
                      interventions enhance human                                           2006). Perry, Edwards, Menzies, and                       provide unique avenues of expression
                      connections in online classrooms, and                                 Janzen (2011) found APTs increased                        of emotion, feeling, and attitude. van
                      help create an invitational atmosphere                                quality of interactions, enhanced sense                   Manan (1990) noted that poems do
                      infused with respect, trust, intentionality,                          of community, furthered application                       not require a summary as they are the
                      and optimism (Purkey, 2007). Artistic                                 of course content, and helped learners                    summary. In this way poems allow,
                      pedagogical technologies (APTs),                                      establish group identity in online                        even force, writers to be concise and
                      learning strategies founded in the                                    courses.                                                  precise. Creating a poem requires the
                      arts, (Perry  Edwards. 2010) include                                                                                           poet to engage in reflection regarding
                      literary, visual, musical, or drama                                   This report describes APTs that we
                                                                                            developed and used in online graduate                     the topic of the poem. Students
                      elements. The worth of the arts as                                                                                              share their poems with the class in a
                      teaching tools has been recognized in                                 courses to create invitational learning
                                                                                            environments. Reflective Poetry,                          virtual poetry reading, and instructors
                      face-to-face education (Kleiman, 2008).                                                                                         invite comments furthering reflective
                      Paintings, photography, literature, poetry,                           Minute at the Movies Analysis, “Our
                                                                                            Community” Soap Scenes, and Course                        thinking.
                      music, and drama have contributed
                      positively to the in-person classroom                                 Theme Songs are described. Analysis,                      We have trialled different types of
                      educational experience. Outcomes                                      based on invitational theory, concludes                   poems; parallel, reflective, and Haiku.
                      include reflection, (Darbyshire,                                      the article.                                              With parallel poems instructors provide
                      1994) , safe learning environments,                                                                                             learners with a poem (written by the

                      Tags
                      invitational online learning environment, artistic pedagogical
                      technology, arts-based teaching, reflective poetry

                      Authors

                      Beth Perry, Faculty of Health Disciplines. Athabasca University [ +]
                      Katherine J. Janzen, Faculty of Health and Community Studies. Mount Royal University [ +]
                      Margaret Edwards, Faculty of Health Disciplines. Athabasca University [ +]




                      Languages
                      cz        da           de   bg   et    el       es   fr     it   lv    lt     hu    nl   pl   pt    ro    sk   sl   fi   sv




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition                       Credits             Contents          Editorial Board        Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
62    eLearningPapers
From the field




                      instructor or selected from published
                      poetry) on a course theme. Students
                      are challenged to write a poem that
                      parallels the instructors’ poem in topic,
                      rhythm, form, and cadence. With
                      reflective poems instructors provide
                      students with a course theme and ask
                      them to create a poem of any style
                      related to their experience with this
                      theme. Another poetic intervention,
                      “Haiku it!,” invites students to condense
                      a course discussion or reading into
                      a Haiku—a poem of seventeen
                      syllables—in three lines of five, seven,
                      and five.

                      One student response to the “Haiku
                      it!” challenge condensed a discussion of        Figure 1
                      organizational change:
                      In change fear lives large
                      No one knows what comes for them
                      Tomorrow quivers                                and style.YouTube offers instructors a             individuals who are members of the
                                                                      searchable library of movie trailers.              imagined community. For example,
                      Minute at the Movies Analysis.                                                                     if the graduate course was targeted at
                      This activity uses a video trailer from         Movie clips introduce stories that                 grade school teachers learning about
                      a movie related to a course topic.              may help students understand related               collaboration, the community of
                      Students view the trailer and are               theory. A movie story may teach                    characters created might include grade
                      provided questions that aid them in             principles and theories, helping students          school teachers, parents, students, and
                      their reflection regarding the actions          gain both knowledge and attitudinal                school administrators. Each community
                      of a movie character that illustrate            shifts. Actors’ actions also provide               member has a Facebook-like profile.
                      the topic. For example, in a course             role-modelling. Using movie trailers               (see Figure 1) The profiles are part of
                      on effective leadership students might          provides manageable sized content for              the course materials. Throughout the
                      be encouraged to review movie clips             downloading, and the short highlights              course, various community members
                      from Twelve Angry Men—a movie                   help to focus discussion around specific           are featured in scenarios that illustrate
                      demonstrating influence as one man’s            stories/theories.                                  course concepts or create a storyline
                      “leadership” causes the opinion of a                                                               to stimulate class discussion. The often
                      whole room of people to change, or              “Our Community” Soap Scenes.
                                                                                                                         melodramatic nature of scenarios
                      Dead Poet’s Society where one teacher-          This learning intervention combines
                                                                                                                         reflects the title of the learning activity
                      leader demonstrates various leadership          the drama of soap opera scenarios
                                                                                                                         “soap scenes.”
                      strategies with a group at a boys’ school.      with Facebook-like profiles of
                      These clips provide starting points             created characters. The instructor                 As the course proceeds and community
                      for discussion of leadership approach           creates profiles of approximately 10               members are integrated into class




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
63    eLearningPapers
From the field




                      discussions, students begin to regard           Conclusions                                        class colleagues, the sense of trust and
                      the fictitious community members                                                                   respect is heightened.
                                                                      Learning environments affect student
                      as part of the course and refer to
                                                                      learning (Haigh, 2008). Arts-based                 2. Group optimism gives rise to a sense
                      their actions and attributes in other
                                                                      learning interventions may help create             that anything is possible. This optimism
                      course discussions. Students may
                                                                      invitational learning environments,                is fueled by success. With APTs students
                      create additional member profiles, and
                                                                      infused with trust, respect, optimism,             are told there are no right or wrong
                      blank profile templates are provided
                                                                      and intentionality (Purkey, 2007). Trust           answers; all participation is embraced
                      to facilitate this. Some students create
                                                                      recognizes humans as interdependent.               as valuable. Diversity and creativity
                      self-profiles adding themselves to the
                                                                      Respect recognizes people are able,                are encouraged. The class community
                      community.
                                                                      valuable, and responsible. Optimism                gradually develops optimism
                      Course Theme Song. Using course                 focuses on the limitlessness of human              (evidenced as confidence) that furthers
                      theme songs adds music to online                potential; intentionality recognizes that          participation and individual and
                      courses. Music evokes emotion, and a            deliberate actions are required to create          collective learning.
                      theme song (used strategically during           invitational environments (2007).
                      the course) may provide learners with                                                              3. Utilizing APTs, online course
                                                                      Why do the APTs of Reflective                      designers/instructors can easily,
                      a community-building commonality. A
                                                                      Poetry, Minute at the Movies Analysis,             inexpensively, and intentionally
                      link to the theme song can be offered
                                                                      “Our Community” Soap Scenes, and                   take action to enhance learning
                      at the beginning or end of course units
                                                                      Theme Songs positively influence the               environments. APTs do not require
                      and/or at challenging junctures as a
                                                                      invitational nature of the classroom? We           additional software or programming.
                      means of motivation and focus.
                                                                      propose the following:                             APTs can be adapted for multiple
                      Choosing an appropriate theme                                                                      course topics, cultures, and teaching and
                                                                      1. Before trust and respect can be
                      song is difficult as people appreciate                                                             learning styles.
                                                                      established participants must become
                      different genres of music. Avoiding
                                                                      acquainted. Sharing self-authored
                      potentially distracting or offensive lyrics
                                                                      poems, and movie choices and insights
                      is important. Up-tempo, instrumental
                                                                      reveals personal qualities, values,
                      songs are safer choices. Online open
                                                                      biases, and priorities. APTs provide an
                      source (royalty free) databases of
                                                                      acceptable avenue for self-disclosure
                      music such as www.jamendo.com are
                                                                      that allows familiarity to be enhanced.
                      available. Alternatively, students may
                                                                      People get to know one another.
                      choose the theme song which can be
                                                                      As students take risks, participate
                      a team-building activity. A theme song
                                                                      in challenging activities, expose
                      used in an online graduate course is
                                                                      vulnerabilities and emotions, and find
                      “Destiny” available at http://www.
                                                                      sharing received non-judgementally by
                      jamendo.com/en/track/702401.




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents      Editorial Board    Guidelines for submissions         Editorial
64    eLearningPapers
From the field



                      References
                        	
                         Calman, K.C. (2005). The arts and humanities in health and medicine. Public Health, 119, 958-9.

                        	
                         Darbyshire, P (1994). Understanding caring through arts and humanities: A medical/nursing humanities approach to
                                      .
                         promoting alternative experiences of thinking and learning. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 19, 856-863.

                        	
                         Kind, P Destiny. The Fallen Angel, retrieved October 14, 2011 from
                                .
                         http://www.jamendo.com/en/track/702401

                        	
                         Haigh, M. (2008). Coloring in the emotional language of place. Journal of Invitational Theory and Practice, 14, 25-40.

                        	
                         Kleiman, P (2008). Towards transformation: conceptions of creativity in higher education. Innovations in Education and
                                    .
                         Teaching International, 45(3), 209-217.

                        	
                         Mareno, N. A. (2006). A nursing course with the great masters. Nursing Education Perspectives, 27(4), 182-183.

                        	
                         Perry, B.,  Edwards, M. (2010). Creating a culture of community in the online classroom using artistic pedagogical
                         technologies. Using Emerging Technologies in Distance Education. G. Veletsianos (Ed.). Edmonton, AB: AU Press.

                        	
                         Perry, B.,  Edwards, M., Menzies, C.,  Janzen, K. (2011). Using Invitational Theory to Understand the Effectiveness of
                         Artistic Pedagogical Technologies in Creating an Invitational Classroom in the Online Educational Milieu. Proceedings of the
                         6th International Conference on e-Learning (ICEL), Kelowna, BC, June 27-28.

                        	
                         Purkey, W. W. (2007). An introduction to invitational theory, retrieved October 15, 2011 from
                         www.invitationaleducation.net/ie/ie_intro2.htm

                        	  an Manen, M. (1990). Researching lived experience: Human science for an action sensitive pedagogy. London, ON:
                          v
                          Althouse.




                      eLearning
                      Papers
                        www.elearningpapers.eu




                      Special edition            Credits   Contents   Editorial Board   Guidelines for submissions   Editorial
ear sning
 eL er     learn
                 ingpape
                        rs.eu




 Papal edition
         .e
      www




   eci
     Sp
eLearning Papers is an online journal highlighting the latest
trends in the area, published five times a year, offering an
executive summary of each article, translated in
21 languages. eLearning Papers is free of charge, available
at its own domain: www.elearningpapers.eu

www.elearningeuropa.info portal is an initiative of the
European Commission’s Directorate-General for Education and
Culture, aiming to promote the use of ICT for lifelong learning.
The site offers the latest information, tools and resources
developed around three main services: Directory, Newsletter
and the online journal eLearning Papers.
www.elearningeuropa.info is an open platform where the
players and communities using it can obtain information, share
experiences, present their projects and discuss ideas.




elearningeuropa.info                          eLearning Papers Special Edition
                                              edited by

              An initiative of the
              European Commission

More Related Content

PDF
Opening Learning Horizons: eLearning Papers Special Edition 2012
PDF
Learning2.0: The Impact of Web2.0 Innovation on Education and Training in Europe
PPTX
European team presentation_1
PPTX
Europe presentation
PDF
Youth employment measures
PDF
PPTX
2. south europe
Opening Learning Horizons: eLearning Papers Special Edition 2012
Learning2.0: The Impact of Web2.0 Innovation on Education and Training in Europe
European team presentation_1
Europe presentation
Youth employment measures
2. south europe

Similar to E learning papers special edition 2011 (20)

PPTX
Europe presentation
PDF
eLearning Papers - Special edition 2009
PDF
eLearning Papers Special Edition 2010
PDF
Effective Use of Interactive Whiteboard in School
PPTX
ICT for Lifelong Mobility
PDF
Beyond School Projects – A Report On E Twinning 2008 2009
PDF
Review Of Learning 2.0 Practices
PPT
Methopedia ICL
PPT
PDF
FCL-ITE Teachmeet 31 Jan 2020
PDF
Thoughts on Future University in 2030
PDF
eTwinning 2 0 Building The Community For Schools In Europe
PDF
eTwinning 2.0 brochure
PDF
Developing Computational Thinking in Compulsory Education
PDF
Icoper irm-presentation Bernd Simon WUW 2010-04-15 UC3M eMadrid
PPT
Learning with new technologies. The case of Second Life
PDF
Open research open education stracke with results christian m stracke ignasi ...
PDF
InnoTEACH – Applying Principles of Innovation in School
PDF
EC-TEL 2016 Opening
PDF
AHEAD Project
Europe presentation
eLearning Papers - Special edition 2009
eLearning Papers Special Edition 2010
Effective Use of Interactive Whiteboard in School
ICT for Lifelong Mobility
Beyond School Projects – A Report On E Twinning 2008 2009
Review Of Learning 2.0 Practices
Methopedia ICL
FCL-ITE Teachmeet 31 Jan 2020
Thoughts on Future University in 2030
eTwinning 2 0 Building The Community For Schools In Europe
eTwinning 2.0 brochure
Developing Computational Thinking in Compulsory Education
Icoper irm-presentation Bernd Simon WUW 2010-04-15 UC3M eMadrid
Learning with new technologies. The case of Second Life
Open research open education stracke with results christian m stracke ignasi ...
InnoTEACH – Applying Principles of Innovation in School
EC-TEL 2016 Opening
AHEAD Project
Ad

More from eLearning Papers (20)

PDF
OER in the Mobile Era: Content Repositories’ Features for Mobile Devices and ...
PDF
Designing and Developing Mobile Learning Applications in International Studen...
PDF
From E-learning to M-learning
PDF
Standing at the Crossroads: Mobile Learning and Cloud Computing at Estonian S...
PDF
M-portfolios: Using Mobile Technology to Document Learning in Student Teacher...
PDF
GGULIVRR: Touching Mobile and Contextual Learning
PDF
Reaching Out with OER: The New Role of Public-Facing Open Scholar
PDF
Managing Training Concepts in Multicultural Business Environments
PDF
Reflective Learning at Work – MIRROR Model, Apps and Serious Games
PDF
SKILL2E: Online Reflection for Intercultural Competence Gain
PDF
Experience Networking in the TVET System to Improve Occupational Competencies
PDF
Leveraging Trust to Support Online Learning Creativity – A Case Study
PDF
Innovating Teaching and Learning Practices: Key Elements for Developing Crea...
PDF
Website – A Partnership between Parents, Students and Schools
PDF
Academic Staff Development in the Area of Technology Enhanced Learning in UK ...
PDF
The Ageing Brain: Neuroplasticity and Lifelong Learning
PDF
Checklist for a Didactically Sound Design of eLearning Content
PDF
The International Student and the Challenges of Lifelong Learning
PDF
Fostering Older People’s Digital Inclusion to Promote Active Ageing
PDF
eLearning and Social Networking in Mentoring Processes to Support Active Ageing
OER in the Mobile Era: Content Repositories’ Features for Mobile Devices and ...
Designing and Developing Mobile Learning Applications in International Studen...
From E-learning to M-learning
Standing at the Crossroads: Mobile Learning and Cloud Computing at Estonian S...
M-portfolios: Using Mobile Technology to Document Learning in Student Teacher...
GGULIVRR: Touching Mobile and Contextual Learning
Reaching Out with OER: The New Role of Public-Facing Open Scholar
Managing Training Concepts in Multicultural Business Environments
Reflective Learning at Work – MIRROR Model, Apps and Serious Games
SKILL2E: Online Reflection for Intercultural Competence Gain
Experience Networking in the TVET System to Improve Occupational Competencies
Leveraging Trust to Support Online Learning Creativity – A Case Study
Innovating Teaching and Learning Practices: Key Elements for Developing Crea...
Website – A Partnership between Parents, Students and Schools
Academic Staff Development in the Area of Technology Enhanced Learning in UK ...
The Ageing Brain: Neuroplasticity and Lifelong Learning
Checklist for a Didactically Sound Design of eLearning Content
The International Student and the Challenges of Lifelong Learning
Fostering Older People’s Digital Inclusion to Promote Active Ageing
eLearning and Social Networking in Mentoring Processes to Support Active Ageing
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Climate and Adaptation MCQs class 7 from chatgpt
PDF
Journal of Dental Science - UDMY (2021).pdf
PDF
English Textual Question & Ans (12th Class).pdf
PPTX
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
PDF
Empowerment Technology for Senior High School Guide
PPTX
Climate Change and Its Global Impact.pptx
PDF
Skin Care and Cosmetic Ingredients Dictionary ( PDFDrive ).pdf
PPTX
Core Concepts of Personalized Learning and Virtual Learning Environments
PDF
Journal of Dental Science - UDMY (2020).pdf
PPTX
What’s under the hood: Parsing standardized learning content for AI
PPTX
Computer Architecture Input Output Memory.pptx
PDF
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 2).pdf
PDF
CISA (Certified Information Systems Auditor) Domain-Wise Summary.pdf
PDF
LIFE & LIVING TRILOGY- PART (1) WHO ARE WE.pdf
PDF
Journal of Dental Science - UDMY (2022).pdf
PDF
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 1)
PDF
BP 505 T. PHARMACEUTICAL JURISPRUDENCE (UNIT 2).pdf
PDF
Literature_Review_methods_ BRACU_MKT426 course material
PDF
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
PDF
LIFE & LIVING TRILOGY - PART (3) REALITY & MYSTERY.pdf
Climate and Adaptation MCQs class 7 from chatgpt
Journal of Dental Science - UDMY (2021).pdf
English Textual Question & Ans (12th Class).pdf
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
Empowerment Technology for Senior High School Guide
Climate Change and Its Global Impact.pptx
Skin Care and Cosmetic Ingredients Dictionary ( PDFDrive ).pdf
Core Concepts of Personalized Learning and Virtual Learning Environments
Journal of Dental Science - UDMY (2020).pdf
What’s under the hood: Parsing standardized learning content for AI
Computer Architecture Input Output Memory.pptx
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 2).pdf
CISA (Certified Information Systems Auditor) Domain-Wise Summary.pdf
LIFE & LIVING TRILOGY- PART (1) WHO ARE WE.pdf
Journal of Dental Science - UDMY (2022).pdf
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 1)
BP 505 T. PHARMACEUTICAL JURISPRUDENCE (UNIT 2).pdf
Literature_Review_methods_ BRACU_MKT426 course material
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
LIFE & LIVING TRILOGY - PART (3) REALITY & MYSTERY.pdf

E learning papers special edition 2011

  • 1. n in g a e s L r r e e arn ingp ape rs.eu pl edition w.ele acia ww Ppe S Designing for learning Typologies of Learning Design and the introduction of a “LD-Type 2” case example sing patterns to design technology-enhanced U learning scenarios Students as learning designers: Using social media to scaffold the experience Blended Collaborative Constructive Participation (BCCP): A model for teaching in higher education Knowledge-building: Designing for learning using social and participatory media Creating Invitational Online Learning Environments Using Art-Based Learning Interventions
  • 2. Credits eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Mission Statement eLearning Papers aims to make innovative ideas and practices in the field of learning more visible by highlighting different perspectives involving the use of technology. eLearning Papers eLearning Papers is a digital publication created as part of the elearningeuropa.info portal. The portal is an initiative of the European Commission to promote the use of multimedia technologies and Internet at the service of education and training. The articles provide views regarding the current situation and e-learning trends in different contexts: schools, universities, companies, civil society and institutions. As such, the journal adds a new dimension to the exchange of information on e-learning in Europe and stimulates research. eLearning Papers provides authors with an opportunity to have their texts published throughout Europe. Through these articles, the journal promotes the use of ICT for lifelong learning in Europe. eLearning Papers Special Edition 2011 edited by: ISBN: 84-8294-664-1 Muntaner 262, 3º, 08021 Barcelona (Spain) http://www.paueducation.com Design: Mar Nieto Phone: +34 933 670 406 editorial@elearningeuropa.info http://www.elearningpapers.eu Legal notice and copyright By elearningeuropa.info and eLearning Papers. The views expressed are purely those of the authors and may not in any circumstances be regarded as stating an official position of the European Commission. Neither the European Commission nor any person acting on its behalf is responsible for the use which might be made of the information contained in the present publication. The European Commission is not responsible for the external web sites referred to in the present publication. The texts published in this journal, unless otherwise indicated, are subject to a Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-NoDerivativeWorks 3.0 Unported licence. They may be copied, distributed and broadcast provided that the author and the e-journal that publishes them, eLearning Papers, are cited. Commercial use and derivative works are not permitted. The full licence can be consulted on http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 3. Contents eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Designing for learning Contents Editorial....................................................................................................................6 In-depth....................................................................................................................7 Typologies of Learning Design and the introduction of a “LD-Type 2” case example......................................................................................................................... 8 Using patterns to design technology-enhanced learning scenarios............................... 24 Students as learning designers: Using social media to scaffold the experience........... 34 Blended Collaborative Constructive Participation (BCCP): A model for teaching in higher education......................................................................... 41 From the field.........................................................................................................52 Knowledge-building: Designing for learning using social and participatory media...................................................................................................... 53 Creating Invitational Online Learning Environments Using Art-Based Learning Interventions............................................................................ 61 eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 4. Editorial Board [ +] Tapio Koskinen, Head of New Solutions, Jean Underwood, Professor of Psychology Aalto University Professional Development Nottingham Trent University, UK (Aalto PRO). Aalto. Finland [ +] United Kingdom [ +] Lieve Van den Brande, Senior Jos Beishuizen, Professor of educational Policy Officer, European Commission. science and Director of the Centre for Belgium [ +] Educational Training, Assessment and Research VU University Amsterdam.Netherlands [ +] 
 Pierre-Antoine Ullmo, Founder and Director. Matty Smith, Programme Director P.A.U. Education. European Learning Industry Group (ELIG) Spain [ +] United Kingdom [ +] Lluís Tarín, Strategic and Leadership Advisor Nicolas Balacheff, Kaleidoscope Scientifi c Jesuites Education Manager; Senior Scientist at CNRS (National Spain [ +] Scientifi c Research Center), France [ +] Antonio Bartolomé, Audiovisual Communication Ulf-Daniel Ehlers, Director of the European Professor. University of Barcelona Foundation for Quality in E-Learning Spain [ +] University of Duisburg-Essen Germany [ +] Claire Bélisle, CNRS Research Engineer, France Wojciech Zielinski, Chairman of the Board LIRE (University Lyon 2 CNRS) of MakoLab Ltd; Member of the Board of [ +] Association of Academic E-learning, Poland [ +] Peer-reviewers [ +] Anabela Mesquita. Higher Education. ISCAP Portugal . Giuliano Vivanet. Higher Education. Università degli Studi di Avgoustos Tsinakos. Higher Education. TEI KAVALAS. Greece Cagliari. Italy Axel Schwarz. Administrative. Germany Guillaume Durin. Higher Education. Jean Moulin Lyon 3 University (France). France Bulent Cavas. Higher Education. Dokuz Eylul University. Turkey Lucilla Crosta. eLearning specialist. Kelidon Association Carlos Morales. Executive or managerial. Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez. Outside Europe Nuno Garcia. Higher Education. Universidade Lusófona de Humanidades e Tecnologias. Portugal Chris Douce. Higher Education. Open University. United Kingdom Pedro Maya Álvarez. Executive or managerial. Divulgación Dinámica S.L.Spain Claudia Panico. Higher Education. Università Gabriele D’ nnunzio Chieti. Italy A Santiago Palacios. Higher Education. Universidad del País Vasco. Spain Evangelos Marinos. Higher Education. Athens Medical School. Greece Paula Peres. Higher Education. PAOL. Portugal Emmanuel Bellengier. Executive or managerial. UI Learning. Alfredo Soeiro. Portugal France Chief Editor Jimena Márquez, P.A.U. Education [ +] eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 5. Guidelines for submissions In-depth From the field In-Depth articles are full-length texts that discuss current From the field articles are synopses of current practices findings from research or long-term studies. They should or studies taking place within Europe or beyond. They have the following characteristics: should have the following characteristics: − cademic focus: Articles must be original, scientifically A − Brief communications: These articles should summarise accurate and informative, reporting on new experiencies and practices in education, innovation and developments and recently concluded projects. technology with a focus on the applied methodologies and impact evaluation. − n good form editorially: Successful articles are clear and I precise. They should develop their argument coherently − n good form editorially: Successful articles are clear and I and present a unity of thought. precise, they should concisely communicate the key points of the practice being discussed. − ength: Articles should range from 4,000 to 6,000 L words. − Length: Should not exceed 1,200 words. All article submissions should be in DOC format and must include the following: − anguage: Both articles and L In-Depth summaries should not captions for each image and indicate summaries must be in English. exceed 200 words. From the field where they should be placed in the Authors are responsible for ensuring summaries should not exceed 50 text. the correct use of English in their words. texts, and translations should be − eferences: References must R revised before submission. Please − ey words: Authors should include K be accurately cited following note that the journal gives strong up to 5 relevant key words. international standards, please preference to articles that are consult the online guidelines for − onclusions: Special importance C more details: www.elearningpapers. correctly translated in a legible is given to the representation of manner. eu/index.php?page=collab_guide the conclusions. Articles must go − itle: Must effectively and creatively T beyond telling about a research − uthor profile: Author name, A communicate the content of the process and its methodology and institution, position and email article and may include a subtitle. provide an analysis of the findings. address must accompany each Conclusions should be clearly stated submission. For multiple authors, − ummary: This is not an executive S both in the summary and at the end please specify the relationship of summary but rather should of the article. authors (ie, if a work is co-authored, communicate the key points and if there is a principal author, etc.) conclusions of the article to a large − Images: Please send high-resolution audience. It should be written in JPEG files of all images you wish to an attractive and accessible manner. include in the article. Please include Authors are encouraged to consult the website for the most recent call for papers: www.elearningpapers.eu eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 6. Editorial Designing for learning New open, social and participatory effective learning activities, it offers a In From the Field, two classroom media clearly have significant potential potential solution to address some of models are shared. Each report offers to transform learning and teaching. the challenges above. This 27th edition an example of teachers who have taken They offer learners and teachers a of eLearning Papers focuses on learning personalised approaches to integrating plethora of ways to communicate design, with the aim of clarifying and learning design strategies into their and collaborate; to connect with a disseminating different perspectives and every day practices. distributed network of peers, and to practices in the field. find and manipulate information. In Taken together the articles in this addition there are now a significant The articles in this issue’s In-depth special issue provide an up to date range of free educational resources and section address how to best understand and authoritative overview of the tools. and use learning design, both in field of learning design research and terms of tools and methodologies. demonstrate the diversity of research While there is great interest in using The first pair of articles look at that is going on in this area. “Designing these new technologies to the benefit of practical conceptualisations of learning for learning is the key challenge facing learning and teaching, there seems to be design, supported by case examples. education today – practitioners need a gap between the promise and reality Dobozy’s paper offers a three-tiered guidance and support to ensure that of the use of technology in education. categorisation of learning design, while their design is pedagogically informed There is also a lack of evidence that Buendía-García and Benlloch-Dualde’s and effective, making innovative use of education has changed fundamentally study attempts to track patterns in the affordances that new technologies in light of the introduction of new different learning scenarios and applies offer” (Conole, G. Designing for technologies into the classroom. This them to new learning design contexts. learning in an open world, New York: paradox, the gap between the potential The second pair of articles reviews Springer) and actual use of technology, lies at blended teaching or the increased the heart of the growth of a new area participation of students in designing of research that has emerged in recent learning. Cameron and Tanti look at the Gráinne Conole years. usefulness of social media in authorising University of Leicester, UK. students to actively design their [ +] Learning design research aims to learning processes and Beatrice reviews better understand this mismatch. By six years of experimentation with a focussing on the development of tools, Tapio Koskinen Blended Collaborative Constructive www.elearningpapers.eu design methods and approaches to Participation (BCCP) model at the Director of the Editorial Board help teachers design pedagogically university level. [ +] eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 7. In-depthFostering analysis and discussion on Learning trends in Europe g T ypologies of Learning Design and the in introduction of a “LD-Type 2” case example n U sing patterns to design r technology-enhanced learning scenarios a e s S tudents as learning designers: Using social media to scaffold the experience L r e e B lended Collaborative Constructive rs.eu Participation (BCCP): A model for teaching in higher education p ape rning p lea ww.e a w P eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 8. 8 eLearningPapers Typologies of Learning Design In-depth and the introduction of a “LD-Type 2” case example [ ] Authors Eva Dobozy School of Education Edith Cowan University [ +] Introduction This paper explores the need for greater clarity in the Summary Technology-mediated life experiences conceptualisation of Learning Design (LD). Building on Cameron’s (2010) work, a three-tiered LD architecture is are on the increase. This ‘ICT- introduced. It is argued that this conceptualisation is needed isation’ (Rush, 2008) or ‘digital turn’ in order to advance the emerging field of LD as applied to (Buchanan, 2011) of all aspects of our education research. lives, through the increased importance that is placed on technology- This classification differentiates between LD as a concept (LD mediated (inter)action, is, so it could Type 1), LD as a process (LD Type 2), and LD as a product be expected, also greatly affecting (LD Type 3). The usefulness of the three types is illustrated by a all levels of education. However, case example of a virtual history fieldtrip module constructed in a recent study found that many LAMS as Type 2 LD. This case shows the workflow from LD Type Australian and Canadian secondary 1 to LD Type 2, followed by LD Type 3 research and development and primary History classrooms still data. History as a learning area was chosen in this paper for its operate in traditional ways, showing ability to illustrate LD concepts and the interrelationship of LD the same war movies to various year types. groups, using outdated textbooks and The case serves to illustrate the foundations, scope and ambitions taking children to the local museum of this learning design project, which was underpinned by an (Clarke 2008). As one student in educational psychology framework and firmly linked to the goals Clarke’s (2008) study observed: “The of the new Australian curriculum. The purpose of LD as process videos are shocking and some of the is to inform other teachers of the affordance of LD, providing textbooks, too, are like from 1988, contextualised data and to invite critique of particular TEL and that’s how old we are’ (p. 7). This practices. research finding echoes others and is illustrative of two problems in teacher and school education in Australia and elsewhere: (a) the persistent disconnect between students’ ‘life world’ and classroom experiences, and (b) the ineffectiveness of ‘ad-hock’ and ‘add-on Tags professional development solutions’ to learning design, LAMS, Australian the traditional teacher-centric, whole- curriculum, history teaching class pedagogical strategies that have been successfully applied over the last few decades in schools and teacher education in Australia. Languages cz da de bg et el es fr it lv lt hu nl pl pt ro sk sl fi sv eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 9. 9 eLearningPapers In-depth The teaching and learning of effective Littlejohn, 2009). There is still in the educational psychology literature technology-enhanced and/or mediated reluctance in the education community referred to as ‘technological pedagogical learning design that is student-centric to embrace TEL as possibly providing content knowledge (TPCK) (Juang, Liu, and highly personalised and teachers’ more effective learning opportunities Chan, 2008). Despite the variety of general understanding of the value- than traditional, whole-class face- terms used, the phrase ‘learning design’ added nature of new developments to-face teaching, because it is highly seems to gain prominence in Australia in pedagogy is urgently needed (see interactive, flexible, personalised and and the United Kingdom. Nevertheless, Dobozy, forthcoming). The ‘digital relevant to today’s students (Conole, the increased use of the term ‘learning literacies’ component of the curriculum Brasher, Cross, et al. 2008; Ertmer, 2005). design’, without a specific definition will need to be introduced to teacher of its meaning, makes it problematic education students, not only in an to further this emerging field of study. isolated ICT workshop or spcialised Learning Design 101 For example, in their recent Open professional development course, but This paper utilises History teaching Education Resource impact study, Liz rather will need reinforcement and and learning in the new Australian Masterman and Joanne Wild (2011) modeling through the embedding of curriculum as a learning area case used the term ‘learning design’ close TEL as part of their ‘normal’ learning example. Nevertheless, what is under to thirty times, mixing and matching experience and situated in context. review here is not so much the learning it with other common educational The inclusion of technology-enhanced content, but rather the pedagogical terms to construct phrases such as curriculum design and the expansion approaches taken that support the ‘learning design tools’, ‘learning design of traditional modes of learning and learning of the required content. environments’, ‘open learning designs’, teaching have to be documented in In the case of pre-service teachers’ and even refer to ‘the learning design a way that is accessible to teachers, learning about History and historical approach’ without defining the concept. providing a nexus between theory literacy, the content of the compulsory Conducting research into Learning and applied practice. This will allow social studies units inevitably includes Design demands an understanding of pre-service and in-service teachers to pedagogical content knowledge (Fisher, the concept and the development of become cognisant of the range of new Higgings Loveless, 2006). In the shared understanding among researchers pedagogical strategies and enable them recent educational literature, this area and participants. The lack of conceptual to develop an informed view about of study, which increasingly involves clarity leads to confusion as Berggren the effectiveness (or otherwise) of technology to enhance learning, is and colleagues (2005) powerfully current teaching and learning practices. referred to as ‘learning design’ (Dalziel, illustrate: Increasingly the educational literature 2009); ‘instructional design’ (Chu is critical of formal education’s ability Kennedy, 2011); ‘curriculum design’ The initial immersion into Learning to provide learners with opportunities (Ferrell, 2011); ‘educational design’ Design gave us an experience of that enable them to develop knowledge (Goodyear Ellis, 201), ‘design for confusion over terms,concepts and and skills needed in a globalised and learning’ (Beetham Sharpe, 2007), tools. Our group constantly mixed networked world (Beetham, McGill ‘design-based learning’(Wijen, 2000) or discussions amongst conceptual points, eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 10. 10 eLearningPapers In-depth codified specifications and multiple more insight into the learning design (see Dobozy, Campbell, Cameron, tools which are in various stages of construct. 2011); LD makes the teaching and development. learning process explicit to teachers Echoing Cameron’s (2010) views that and learners, therewith contributing to Teachers will need to grasp these the emerging field of LD holds great teacher and/or learner accountability differences before a meaningful promises, it is contended that the and reflection. The potential for quality discussion can take place. (p. 4) consistent structure for experimenting, improvement of learning and/or documenting, reflecting and sharing teaching is possible precisely because it The following table is taking Cameron’s teaching and learning strategies allows is a cycle of innovation, dissemination (2010) classification work as a starting for the development of generic models translation and transformation, which point. Synthesising and adapting her as templates to be used in a variety can be conceptualised as a new, conceptualisation of learning design of contexts and with diverse students. community-based, ecological paradigm (LD), the purpose here is to make Following specific design norms, of teacher learning (Berggren, Burgos, meaning of this elusive concept and underpinned by social constructivist Fontana et. al., 2005). The underpinning contribute another tentative construct and/or connectivist learning theories notion of LD, as expressed in Table1, that can be advanced further as we gain Type Description Goal LD – Type 1: LD as a concept, underpinned by social A documentation of the establishment, LD as a concept constructivist/connectivist learning theory, is benchmarking and testing of and adherence to a standardised (re)presentation of technology- design-based principles and practices with the enhanced learning sequences and prescribed aim of providing a theoretical foundation to assure design-based procedures that are content consistency and contribute to the testability of the independent. effectiveness of this new theoretical construct. LD – Type 2: LD as a process is an illustration of the Providing a documentation of process in a particular LD as a process interpretation of the generic LD principles and an context, with the aim of informing other teachers of attempt of the implementation of LD into practice the affordance of LD (benefits, obstacles and risks) by outlining learning intent, planning and enacting through a detailed explanation of experiences of of a particular learning sequence in context, which various stakeholders. includes subject-specific content. LD – Type 3: LD as a product is a documentation of teacher and Providing a documentation of process with the aim LD as a product student roles and resources needed (similar to to construct a model, template or pre-engineered documenting and sharing paper lesson plans) in the learning construct to share with other teachers to be enactment of a particular LD sequence. adopted, adapted and enhanced. Table 1: Typologies of Learning Design eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 11. 11 eLearningPapers In-depth Work flow LD concept LD processes in context LD model or template Figure 1: Conceptual structure of LD type integration is that learning design can be classified LD (Type 1) is a conceptual construct way these online learning systems are according to type (Type 1: LD as making explicit epistemological and conceptualised and used by lecturing concept; Type 2: LD as process, and Type technological integration attempts by staff and students. Whereas LMS are 3: LD as product). It is argued here the designer of a particular learning used mainly as resource repositories and that unless there is greater clarity about sequence or series of learning for management purposes, LAMS seems the LD classification, the advancement sequences. The design process to have a pedagogical focus (see also of learning design knowledge may be is generally informed by social Dalziel, 2005). inhibited. constructivist and/or connectivist learning theories and aims to share How these various types of LD the LD theory/praxis nexus in an Traditional history teaching seamlessly integrate is illustrated in attempt to open the LD sequence/s and the new Australian Figure 1 up for adaption, adoption and/or curriculum enhancement. LD as a process is an illustration of the History as a learning area has gained learning intent, planning and enacting Based on this conceptualisation of LD prominence in the new Australian of a particular learning sequence in – Type 1, the Type 2 LD was built as an curriculum, which is currently being context, which includes subject-specific online module constructed in LAMS developed. Although it is not the content. What the above discussion and seamlessly embedded through a first time a national curriculum is alerts to and Figure 1 illustrates is that it plug-in in the Blackboard LMS. It was on the agenda, it is the first time it is imperative to make explicit the way designed to introduce undergraduate is being actualised. The reason given LD is conceptualised (Type 1), prior to and/or graduate diploma teacher by the current Federal Government engaging with LD as a process (Type 2), education students enrolled in the concerning the need for a national applying LD – Type 1 principles. Hence, compulsory Society and Environment curriculum, which is “one of the in what follows, I offer an alternative, units (SSE2105/SSE4215) to the first in the world to be delivered more precise description of LD to principles and practices of virtual online”, is “to ensure Australians are the one outlined in Table 1, prior to history teaching, through the illustration armed with the knowledge and skills providing an example of LD as a process of the nature and purpose of virtual to meet the demands of the 21st (Type 2 LD), illustrating the learning History fieldtrips. LAMS is an ideal tool Century” (Australian Labor, 2011). The intent, planning and enacting of one for the actualisation of LD, described inclusion of History in the first phase learning design sequence in LAMS. by Dalziel (2005) as a ‘learning design of the development of the Australian The definition of LD (Type 1) offered system’ (p. 1), which is remarkably Curriculum is based on the realisation below is somewhat different from the different from conventional LMS, such that today’s young are generally adopted work of Cameron (2010) and as Blackboard, Moodle or Desire2Learn disinterested in and ill-informed about is reflecting my current understanding (Dobozy, Reynolds, Schonwetter, Australia’s system of government, its of LD (Type 1) in an attempt to provide 2011). The major difference described current role in a globalised world and a system of classification: by Dobozy et. al. (2011) is in the its recent history. An example of the eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 12. 12 eLearningPapers In-depth lack of historical literacy is provided students can be attributed to learning the curriculum material. History in a report prepared by the Ministerial design issues. Teachers note that there education includes the goal to commit Council on Education, Employment, are often insufficient resources available students, at all levels of education, to Training and Youth Affairs (2006), and students generally find the subject become active and informed citizens, which explains that the vast majority area ‘boring’: able and willing to express their own of Year 10 students (77%) in a national views and to be creative in the pursuit Civics and Citizenship proficiency Students are sick of repeating topics and of knowledge. Hence, it is important assessment did not know that the boring material; they want engaging to engage students of History with Australia Day celebrations are attributed teachers who love what they do and questions of values, beliefs and to the arrival of the first fleet of 11 can bring imagination to their lessons. attitudes that relate to the teaching ships from the British motherland in For their part, teachers and curriculum and learning of historical facts and 1788. A more recent study conducted officials also want the subject to come concepts. Therewith students develop by Clarke (2008) into the ways alive in the classroom and to be as their historical literacy as outlined by students and teachers think about relevant and interesting as they feel it the Australian Curriculum Assessment Australia’s history found that there is an can and should be. (Clarke, 2008, p. 11) and Reporting Agency (ACARA) acknowledgement of the importance of in the new Australian curriculum Given Clarke’s findings, which support the learning area, but the disconnection (ACARA, 2011), rather than simply the evidence provided by MEETYA of students with History as a subject learning to remember disjointed facts. (2006) concerning students’ lack matter is attributed to the way it is This holistic conception of History of interest in and understanding of taught. Clarke (2008) observes: teaching includes the development History, it was seen as imperative that of affective processes and cognitive While … students overwhelmingly teacher education needed to take some information processing (O’Donnell, acknowledge the importance of learning responsibility and review its history Dobozy, Bartlett et. al., forthcoming). about the national history in school, teaching curriculum. As a result, The virtual history fieldtrip module many of them criticise the subject for novel pedagogical approaches were that was constructed in LAMS and is being boring and repetitive. …[T] introduced in the compulsory unit used here as a case example, illustrates eachers frequently felt disappointed they Society Environment (SSE2105/ the balancing of different learning couldn’t do more for the classes. And SSE4215) at our university. The design goals as set out by ACARA (2011). It is even in those schools with better access of the curriculum was based on underpinned by a social constructivist to resources there remains the question inquiry-based and interactive learning and/or connectivist epistemology. The of how teachers use the material principles and informed by latest aim of the LAMS learning module available to them. (p. 5) research (Hill Fetherston, 2010). was to provide experiential learning The learning design had to make opportunities for teacher education Clarke’s (2008) research found that the the learning area relevant to teacher students and introduce them to a new main reason of frustration with the education students and provide ways way of history learning and teaching learning area reported by teachers and to engage them with each other and that is cost-effective, interactive and eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 13. 13 eLearningPapers In-depth responds to school students’ interest in and knowledge of Web 2.0 applications (Chu, Kennedy, 2011). LD – Type 2 case example: The virtual history module in LAMS The virtual history module commenced with a general introduction about online history teaching, alerting to the extensive resources and various mediascapes developed recently by Australian and international educational authorities (see Figure 2 for an author’s view of the complete module). One of the many attractive features of LAMS, as a learning design platform, is the possibility of seamless integration of external resources into the learning Figure 2: Author’s view of virtual History learning module activity, making access easy and convenient for learners (see Figure 3). Students can choose to explore as many sense of agency in students. The new range of materialities of texts and of the outside resources provided as mode of communication, referred who then highlight the materiality; they see practicable or useful for their to by Anne Wysocki (2004) as ‘new such composers design texts that help learning, or simply engage with the set media texts’, provides a platform for readers/consumers/viewers stay alert activity. various forms of engagement with the to how any text-like its composers and multitude of resources that are ‘pulled readers- doesn’t function independently The deliberate composition of into’ the particular learning activity. of how it is made and in what contexts. multimedia texts, taking advantage of Wysocki (2004) explained the value of Such composers design texts that make the possibility of multimodality (Kress, this form of LD as follows: as overtly visible as possible the values 2010) of technology-enhanced learning they embody. (p. 15) design, incorporating YouTube videos, I think we should call ‘new media digital archive documents, webpages, texts’ those that have been made by The composition described here is blog entries etc, aims to encourage a composers who are aware of the the learning design process (Type 2), eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 14. 14 eLearningPapers In-depth Figure 3 Seamless integration of external resources into LAMS activities which, naturally, is underpinned by LD and secondary school excursions and context. Hence, it will continue to principles (Type 1) and the definition fieldtrip memories (see Figure 4). outline the design steps of this learning of LD provided above. It offers module in some detail. The personal opportunities for personal exchange The particular design sparked interest experience sharing activity is followed in conjunction with the acquisition and encouraged students to participate by the dissemination of technical and of new information provided through actively in the discussions, sharing pedagogical information concerning multiple media resources and activities. personal experiences. Following the the organisation of History Excursions The deliberate design provides an goal of LD – Type 2, this section of the (see Figure 5). avenue for student agency and freedom paper is concerned with documenting (see Dobozy, 1999). the design process in a particular Following on from the general introduction to the module, the learning sequence commenced with a statement about the common occurrence of fieldtrips in social studies classes and their relevance in the new Australian curriculum. It made reference to and built on students’ previous curriculum topics in educational psychology units Figure 4 concerning ‘cooperative learning’, Interactive forum activity exploring personal experiences ‘student motivation’ and ‘personal values developments’. This introduction segment, which was linking to various current national policy documents and information from previous units was then followed by an interactive learning activity developed using the LAMS Forum tool. The task was purposely designed to ground the policy document review and past unit reference information by way of connecting them with personal experiences during students’ primary Figure 5 Fieldtrip preparation – linking personal experiences with pedagogical knowledge eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 15. 15 eLearningPapers In-depth As depicted in Figure 6, a case scenario was constructed that requires students’ input and deep engagement with the subject matter. The real-world case scenario was inviting learners to analyse their prior knowledge, and synthesise the theoretical and practical information to arrive at a conceptual framework that can be discussed and debated with peers. Following on from requesting students to provide their ideas and considerations to a number of questions, a list of possible locations for the History Figure 6 – parts (a) and (b) Scenario-based collaborative learning Excursion is provided. The activity then invited students to review possible excursion sites that do not include the typical local museum trips, but instead provide attractive alternatives, complete with links to websites and other multimedia resources. Students are required to explain their top three preferred history excursion places and calculating the financial cost and time investment for one of their choices. Completing the segment on the customary physical history fieldtrip, students were then introduced to the concept of virtual history fieldtrips and their organisations, again complete with external links and plenty of resources (see Figure 7). Only after exploring traditional physical fieldtrip preparations and reflecting on personal past experiences did the module progress to outline the nature and purpose of virtual history Figure 7 Experiential, problem-based learning example fieldtrips. Many practising and trainee eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 16. 16 eLearningPapers In-depth Figure 8 Collaborative reflection about pedagogical reality in primary classrooms teachers have limited knowledge The final discussion activity intended the LD classification, learning design and understanding of virtual history to draw learners’ attention to the vast research and development activities fieldtrips, their purpose, organisation time investments required of teachers may not advance at the rate possible and benefits for teachers and learners and financial costs associated with otherwise. History as a learning area (Brush, Saye, Kale, et. al., 2009). Hence, traditional History fieldtrips. This was chosen to illustrate LD concepts it was important to provide teacher LAMS module was designed to engage and the interrelationship of LD types. education students with sufficient teacher education students, many of The introduction of the nature and information and interaction possibilities whom were, similar to the school purpose of virtual history fieldtrips to to experience the preparation and students they will be teaching in the pre-service teachers as a particular case enactment of various forms of history not so distant future, not particularly example of LD – Type 2 illustrated the excursion. interested in or excited about pedagogical strength of LAMS as a LD History as a learning area. Providing system, enabling the documentation The virtual history fieldtrip activity more opportunity to (a) connect and critiquing of all types of LD. The (see Figure 7) was designed to be the personal experiences with theoretical virtual history fieldtrip case example highlight of the module, providing information (such as illustrated in this makes explicit the pedagogical a clear example and experience of a LD-Type 2 example), and (b) enlist decision-making of teachers and virtual history fieldtrip based around a Web 2.0 technologies in teaching and operationalisation of the decisions taken. problem to be solved in collaboration learning, for example, through virtual The LD – Type 2 is, as noted above, with peers. Teacher education students history fieldtrips, may help students gain illustrating LD process in a particular were able to experience the benefits interest in and connect with the new context, with the aim of informing of accessing multimedia resources that Australian curriculum. Although this other teachers of the affordance of have been carefully chosen and linked module did not form part of students’ LD and also to invite critique of in with the activity. Using LD – Type 1 assessment requirements of the unit, particular, contextualised learning and principles, the module was constructed it was encouraging to see the general teaching processes. Hence, it is a case in a way that permitted students to interest in and engagement with the illustration, not of a ‘perfect’ case, but spend as much or as little time with curriculum content provided. rather, in the sense of ‘perpetual beta’ the additional resource material of a ‘case in the state of becoming’. For provided, dipping into the movie this conceptualisation to be feasible, or watching the complete segment, Discussion it is vital that pedagogical, conceptual depending on interest and motivation. The underpinning notion of LD, and epistemological considerations Self-regulation and the mobilisation as exemplified in this paper, is that are documented and shared with the of intrinsic motivation are both vital learning design can be classified wider professional community. In this 21st century learning skills and are according to type (Type 1: LD as sense, the current paper outlined how increasingly demanded as key attributes concept; Type 2: LD as process, and the module was purposely designed of knowledge workers (see Beetham, Type 3: LD as product). It was argued to commence with learners’ personal McGill, Littlejohn, 2009). that unless there is greater clarity about experiences as students, providing a eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 17. 17 eLearningPapers In-depth connection to students’ life world, – Type 1) in particular contexts and evidence-based practices. Slavin (2008), enabling them to link into the topic through model development for further who has a long history of criticising the and curriculum theory. This activity adaptation. It was further argued that lack of clarity and unity in educational was then linked with considerations by making the teaching and learning research and practice, explained that and preparation activities of teachers process explicit, the emerging field of “education today is at much the same which need to be observed for physical LD is potentially able to contribute pre-scientific point as medicine was fieldtrip activities, such as the need to substantially to teacher and/or learner a hundred years ago”. To advance describe learning goals, contacting the accountability, in an environment that LD as a field of applied education institution to be visited, booking the requires a departure from traditional research, it will need to mature and venue, education officer, parent helpers teacher-centric and content-driven agreement will need to be reached and transportation, writing parent low-level knowledge production upon some core shared values and letters, gaining consent from the school and testing of the past, in favour of explicitly stated foundational thinking administration and parents/guardians of more complex knowledge and skills that will underpin future empirical students, prepare a budget and organise development, vital for success in 21st work. To this end, a three-tiered LD the collection of funds and so on, prior century knowledge societies of the architecture was outlined, which was to focusing on the vital element of present and future. based on Cameron’s (2010) initial ideas preparing the children for the fieldtrip. and further developed. Moreover, LD – Type 2 (LD as process) was introduced LD and the introduction of virtual Conclusion as a case example to illustrate the way fieldtrips in LAMS provides teaches In an effort to change teaching cultures in which the three-tier model can be with a framework to enhance the to enable greater value to be placed utilised. The current conceptualisation engagement of students with history on teachers’ and students’ ‘literacies of and typologies of LD was intended to learning that can be adopted, adapted the digital’ (Beetham, et. al., 2009) in serve as a starting point for discussion or expanded. Enhancing the provision higher, further, teacher and/or school and debate. It is hope that future of TEL is not only a requirement of the education, educational researchers theoretical and empirical researcher will new Australian curriculum, but is also working in the field of learning design advance the model and therewith work potentially improving the quality of will need to work towards unity of towards greater clarity of LD principles history learning and teaching through conceptualisation and agree on a and practices in the future. the application of LD principles (LD tentative classification system to advance eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 18. 18 eLearningPapers References In-depth Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (2011). The F-10 Curriculum – A position paper on the whole curriculum, achievement standards and support for students with disabilities. Retrieved from: http://www.acara.edu.au/verve/_resources/The+F-10+Australian+Curriculum+(post+July+MC).pdf ustralian Labor (2011). The National Curriculum – Let’s move Australia forward. Retrieved from: A http://www.alp.org.au/agenda/education---training/national-curriculum/ Beetham, H., McGill, L., Littlejohn, A. (2009). Thriving in the 21st Century: Learning literacies for a Digital Age (LLiDA). Joint Information Systems Committee (JISC) UK, Final Report. Retrieved from: http://www.jisc.ac.uk/media/documents/projects/llidareportjune2009.pdf Berggren, A., Burgos, D., Fontana, J., Hinkelman, D., Hung, V., Hursh, A., Tielemans, G. (2005). Practical and pedagogical issues for teacher adoption of IMS Learning Design standards in Moodle LMS. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 02, Special Issue: Advances in Learning Design. Retrieved from: http://jime.open.ac.uk/2005/2 rush, T., Saye, J., Kale, U., Hur, J., Kohlmeier, J., Yerasimon, T., Guo, L., Symonette, S. (2009). Evaluation of the B persistent issue in history laboratory for virtual field experiences (PIH-LVFE). Journal of Interactive Online Learning, 8(1), 1-22. Retrieved from: http://www.ncolr.org/jiol/issues/pdf/8.1.3.pdf Buchanan, R. (2011). Paradox, promise and public pedagogy: Implications of the federal government’s digital education revolution. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 36(2), Article 6. Retrieved from: http://ro.ecu.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1524context=ajte Cameron, L. (2010). How learning design can illuminate teaching practice. The Future of Learning Design Conference. http://ro.uow.edu.au/fld/09/Program/3 S., Kennedy, D. (2011). Using online collaborative tools for groups to co-construct knowledge. Online Information Chu, Review, 35(4), 581-597. Clarke, A. (2008). A comparative study of history teaching in Australia and Canada. Final Report. Retrieved from: http://www.historyteacher.org.au/files/200804_HistoryTeachingReport.pdf Conole, C., Brasher, A., Cross, S., Weller, M., Clark, P Culver, J. (2008). Visualising learning design to foster and ., support good practice and creativity. Educational Media International, 1469-5790, 45(3), 177-194. Dalziel, J. (2009). Prospects for Learning Design research and LAMS. Teaching English with Technology, Special edition on LAMS and Learning Design, 9(2). Retrieved from http://www.tewtjournal.org/VOL 9/ISSUE 2/Foreword.pdf Dalziel, J. (2005). From reusable e-learning content to reusable learning designs: Lessons from LAMS. Retrieved May 7, 2005 from http://www.lamsfoundation.org/CD0506/html/resource/whitepapers/Dalziel.LAMS.doc Dobozy, E. (forthcoming). Resisting student consumers and assisting student producers. In: Claus Nygaard, Clive Holtham Nigel Courtney (eds.). Beyond Transmission: Innovations in University Teaching. Copenhagen, Denmark: Copenhagen Business School Press, pp. xxx Dobozy, E. (1999). Constructivist and Montessorian perspectives on student autonomy and freedom. Proceedings of the 14th Annual Forum of the Western Australian Institute for Educational Research (WAIER). Fremantle, WA: Notre Dame University, 27-28 August. Retrieved from: http://www.waier.org.au/forums/1999/dobozy.html Dobozy, E., Reynolds, P Schonwetter, D. (2011). Metaphoric reasoning and the tri-nation classification of eTeaching ., and eLearning platforms. Refereed proceedings of the 23rd World Conference on Educational Multimedia, Hypermedia and Telecommunication. Lisbon, Portugal: AACE. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 19. 19 eLearningPapers Dobozy, E., Campbell, C., Cameron, L. (2011). ‘Connectivism’: Who is the new kid on the learning theory block? ECULTURE 2011. Retrieved from: In-depth http://ro.ecu.edu.au/eculture/2011/ Ertmer, P (2005). Teacher pedagogical beliefs: The final frontier in our quest for technology integration? Educational . Technology Research and Development, 53(4), 25–39. Ferrell, G. (2011). Transforming curriculum design – transforming institutions. Briefing paper. Joint Information Systems Committee (JISC). Retrieved from: http://www.jisc.ac.uk/publications/briefingpapers/2011/bpcurriculumdesign.aspx Fisher, T., Higgins, C. Loveless, A. (2006). Teachers learning with digital technologies: A review of research and projects. FutureLab Series Report 14, FutureLab press. Retrieved from http://archive.futurelab.org.uk/resources/documents/lit_reviews/Teachers_Review.pdf Goodyear, P Ellis, R. (2010). Expanding conceptions of study, context and educational design. In: R. Sharpe, H. ., Beetham, S. de Freitas (eds.). Rethinking learning for the digital age: how learners shape their own experiences. New York, NY: Routledge, pp. 100-113. S., Fetherston, T. (2010). Research-informed teaching at ECU: A discussion paper. Perth, WA: Edith Cowan University. Hill, Juang, Y., Liu, T., Chan, T. (2008). Computer-supported teacher development of pedagogical content knowledge through developing school-based curriculum. Educational Technology Society, 11(2), 149-170. Kress, G. (2010). Multimodality: A social semiotic approach to contemporary communication. London, UK: Routledge. Masterman, L. Wild, J. (2011). OER Impact Study: Research Report. JISC Open Educational Resources programme. Retrieved from: http://www.jisc.ac.uk/media/documents/programmes/elearning/oer/JISCOERImpactStudyResearchReportv1-0.pdf Ministerial Council on Education, Employment, Training and Youth Affairs. (2006). Civics and citizenship Years 6 and 10 report 2004. Melbourne, VIC: Curriculum Corporation. O’Donnell, A., Dobozy, E., Bryer, F Bartlett, B., Reeve, J., Smith, J. (2012, in press). Educational psychology. Milton, ., QLD: John Wiley Sons, Australia. Slavin, R. E. (2008). Evidence-based Reform in Education: what will it take?, European Educational Research Journal, 7(1), 124-128. http://dx.doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2008.7.1.124 ijen, W. (2000). Towards design-based learning. OGO brochure, No 2. Educational Service Centre. Eindhoven, NL: W Technische Universiteit. Retrieved from: http://w3.tue.nl/fileadmin/stu/stu_oo/doc/OGO_brochure_1_EN.pdf Wysocki, A. (2004). Opening new media to writing: Openings and justifications. In: A. Wysocki, J. Johnson-Eilola, C. Selfe, G. Sirc (eds.). Writing new media: Theory and applications for expanding the teaching of compositions (pp. 1-41). Utah, UT: Utah State Press. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 20. 20 eLearningPapers Using patterns to design In-depth technology-enhanced learning scenarios [ ] Authors Félix Buendía-García [ +] José Vte. Benlloch-Dualde Universitat Politècnica de Valencia [ +] Introduction Research on designing for learning is a field that has concentrated Summary The research on designing for learning a lot of efforts in the context of technology-enhanced settings. is a field that has concentrated a lot This fact has demonstrated the need to represent learning of efforts, particularly, in a context of scenarios using a more formal perspective. ongoing innovations in technology- This paper reviews some representation mechanisms which enable enhanced settings. Such fact has the systematic design of learning issues in technological settings, pushed the need to represent learning and proposes an approach that applies pattern notations in an design issues in a more formal view effort to better understand and prepare for different learning in order to face this changing context. context. The current work describes some representation mechanisms which A case study is also described to show the application of these enable the design of different learning scenarios in a specific technology-enhanced setting for teaching issues in a systematic way and take into computing curricula. This application is based on the use of account the restrictions imposed by digital ink technologies and demonstrates how patterns may be specific technological environments and able to mediate between pedagogical and technical issues. products. The interest to formalize or interpret different learning issues in a more methodical way comes from disciplines such as the Instructional Design (ID) or Instructional Systems Design (ISD) that provide systematic strategies and techniques in the design of teaching processes. Designing instruction has been addressed in technology-based settings (Rogers, 2002) and ID models have been used to produce tools which automate their application (Kasowitz, 2002). However, some Tags limitations have been detected when automating instructional design because technology-enhanced setting, learning scenario, the complexity of learning scenarios design patterns, digital-ink technologies (Spector Ohrazda, 2003), especially, in such technical settings. In a parallel way, Learning Design (LD) deals with Languages cz da de bg et el es fr it lv lt hu nl pl pt ro sk sl fi sv eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 21. 21 eLearningPapers In-depth the need to guide and support teachers practitioners to make informed some conclusions and further works are in the preparation of effective learning decisions and choices to undertake remarked. scenarios and specific tools called specific teaching and learning activities” “pedagogical planners” have been (Conole, 2008). Moreover, these developed to assist teachers in this goal mechanisms should help to mediate Review of learning design (Masterman, 2008). Besides, LD adds or connect pedagogical questions with notations an interesting feature that concerns the technological-based solutions. There are multiple kinds of mechanisms representation of teaching and learning and notations which have been issues, for example, to document them This work proposes the use of design proposed to design different issues in in some visual format (Agostinho, patterns as “mediating artifacts” to pedagogical or instructional topics. This 2006). This feature allows instructors to represent technology-based learning review does not intend to cover all share and reuse good learning practices scenarios. Patterns are a well-known the potential mechanisms to represent but it also helps them to model and notation to design different kinds of or model these issues but it tries to organize their tasks in a systematic way. information items whose application is highlight those which have contributed The representation of teaching and widely spread in Software Engineering to mediate between pedagogical and learning issues is not only related to LD disciplines. Patterns have been also technological aspects. For instance, areas and there are multiple initiatives used in other disciplines, including Nervig (1990) explored some of in the last years which have contributed pedagogical and e-learning areas. these mechanisms in the ID context to the modeling and documentation Therefore, they seem a right mechanism and initiatives such as IDT (Merrill, of these learning information items. to represent learning design issues in 1996) or MISA (Paquette et al, 2001) Computer science and software specific technology-enhanced settings proposed elements and languages for engineering disciplines have promoted enabling the connection between both specifying instructional applications. different notations and mechanisms sides. Nevertheless, the formal specification of in this context. Hypermedia models, these applications and their components The remainder of the work is structured ontology proposals, modeling languages, was usually disregarded (WiestZell, as follows. The next section provides standard specifications or conceptual 2001). a general overview about several maps are some examples which are mechanisms and notations which have reviewed in the next section. These Educational hypermedia was one of the been formulated to represent different mechanisms provide several ways to first mechanisms used to formalize the LD issues. The third section presents an represent learning issues in text or design and development of instructional approach to use patterns for designing graphic format, using natural language applications in a systematic and learning in technology-enhanced or through a restricted vocabulary and widespread way. They were based on settings. The fourth section describes differing in their formalization level or specific software engineering models the application of the introduced abstraction degree. Anyway, the crucial such OOHDM (Schwabe Rossi, approach in a specific context based aspect is considering such mechanisms 1995) or AHAM (De Bra et al, 1999) on digital ink technologies. Finally, as “mediating artifacts which help to produce educational products using eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 22. 22 eLearningPapers In-depth UML diagrams (Papasalouros Retalis, some references about using ontology “translate” their pedagogical view into 2002) or other kind of graphical notations in learning design (Knight this kind of specification. However, it notations (Diaz et al, 2001). Buendía et al, 2005), (Koper, 2006) but, in is important to recognize the relevance Díaz (2003) proposed a hypermedia general, most of their application have of IMS-LD to build and share learning framework to manage educational been focused on modeling domain designs from the XML notation used contents conjugating instructional and concepts or developing specific to express such specification and there technical issues. Hypermedia models products such as ITS (Intelligent Tutor are multiple tools and platforms which and tools were adequate for designing Systems). Nevertheless, the research on support their processing. Moreover, specific educational applications. ontology notations has derived towards UML diagrams have been provided However, the fact they were based on other interesting fields such as map to represent these learning design graphical notations made them difficult specifications or educational modeling specifications using a graphical display. to understand by non-computer literate languages as powerful representation This notation was complemented users such as teachers or instructors. mechanisms in the LD context. with text narrative descriptions that contributed to a better understanding Another type of mechanism (or Modeling languages have been of the IMS-LD learning scenarios. artifact), traditionally applied to proposed in different areas and represent pedagogical and instructional education was not an exception. A more tailored way to represent LD issues, is the ontology which can Education modeling languages (also issues in specific learning scenarios can be defined as “a specification of a known as EMLs) were analyzed in consist in using map-based or any kind conceptualization” (Gruber, 1992). the context of the “Workshop on of simple graph notations. For example, Murray (1996) defined special Learning Technologies” project (CEN/ concepts maps can be used to describe ontologies for representing pedagogical ISSS, 2002) as a review of the multiple the ‘best fit’ strategy for designing an knowledge and ontological modeling notations proposed to facilitate the e-learning course (Adorni et al, 2009) has been used for designing educational description of pedagogic aspects under the particular lecturer view. systems (Mizoguchi et al., 1997). involved in educational-learning Perhaps, that situation hampers the Therefore, constructing ontologies in processes (Koper, 2001). The different sharing of learning designs produced by educational design is a well-known EML proposals were considered different lectures but in a further step, area with the advantage that explicit in order to produce a standard this collection of map-based designs relationships between learning specification called IMS-LD (IMS, can be processed in order to get a concepts help to infer or discover new 2003) addressed to “support a wide common design template. Moreover, knowledge from previous. For example, range of pedagogies in online learning”. concept mapping can also be seen as from the Bloom’s objective taxonomy This specification provides a generic a first step in ontology-building, and certain terms can be extracted to be neutral language that can be adapted meanwhile, be used flexibly to represent linked with other learning concepts to many different pedagogies but that specific learning designs adapted to such as instructional needs or a task feature is, perhaps, its main weakness technology-enhanced settings (Buendia, vocabulary (Conole, 2008). There are because it is not trivial for instructors to 2011). Mind-maps provide similar eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 23. 23 eLearningPapers Name Pattern identifier In-depth Context Description of the learning scenario in which the selected pattern is applied Problem Overview about the learning or instructional requirements to be faced Discussion Explanation to motivate the addressed problem and its justification Solution Description of the way to apply technologies to solve the addressed problem Diagram Sketch to represent the solution in a graphical display including descriptive tags Relationships Links to other patterns which could be useful in the learning scenario design Keywords Collection of terms which reference specific aspects of the learning scenario Table 1: Pattern language for learning design. representation facilities and mapping means of design patterns. The use approach proposed in this work is tools can be deployed to generate LD of patterns can be considered as a based on promoting a “guide rather templates from different case studies structured method of describing good than prescribe” philosophy to apply (Conole Weller, 2008). A further step design practices in different fields of patterns, focused on small-scale learning is based on the use of topic maps as an expertise. Originally, design patterns experiences and bounded to specific ISO standard whose aim is describing were introduced by Alexander et al technology settings. Next subsections knowledge structures with XML (1977) in architecture disciplines as describe such approach to use design encoding schemes that facilitate their “a careful description of a perennial patterns which is structured into processing. Topic maps have been applied solution to a recurring problem within two main phases: (i) the Preparation in LD contexts (Adorni et al, 2008) a building context”. This pattern notion of the target patterns and (ii) their and there are specific environments has been adopted in other disciplines Deployment in a specific context. for authoring educational topic maps such as Software Engineering or (Dicheva Dichev, 2006). Interaction designs. Furthermore, pedagogical patterns are recognized Preparation In summary, there have been reviewed as efficient mechanisms to document In a first approach phase, a pattern several mechanisms to represent LD good practices in teaching (PPP, 2005), language has to be chosen. Table 1 issues. They range from highly structured including visual flow representations shows a summary of the language and formal notations like hypermedia (Hernandez et al, 2007) and there proposed to define patterns that models, ontology notations or topic are design patterns which have been fit the learning design philosophy maps to semiformal mechanisms such as proposed in e-learning contexts “as aforementioned. This pattern language educational languages, concept or mind conceptual tools to support educational is mostly based in the original maps. Next section describes design design” (Goodyear, 2005). Rohse, S., Alexandrian definition which is patterns as an alternative representation Anderson, T. (2006) also justify the mainly narrative with some additional tool which combines the flexibility of use of design patterns recognizing attributes and special features: i) the narrative textual-based representation that learning is a complex process, diagrammatic part is complemented techniques, the visualization capability particularly, when digital technologies with tags that specify particular of sketches or similar graphical displays in continuous change become a key concepts with a potential instructional and the ability to incorporate controlled component in this process. purpose and ii) an extra field called vocabularies or ontology terms into their Keywords that gathers some of the definition. Therefore, patterns seem a powerful previous tags and other terms which mechanism to allow instructors and characterize the learning scenario practitioners designing different through the proposed pattern. Learning design approach learning issues related to items such based on patterns as theoretical contents or laboratory The second step consists in classifying The current work introduces an activities in a certain technology- patterns in several categories in order approach to represent LD issues by based educational context. The to facilitate their further detection, eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 24. 24 eLearningPapers In-depth definition and processing. Figure 1 shows a map example that displays some basic concepts that can be part of a learning scenario in which a given pattern could be applied such as content resources or learning activities. These map concepts could be extracted from an educational ontology in order to improve their connection with pattern information items. The concepts represented in Figure 1 can be distributed in four main groups: contents, activities, interaction and Figure 1: Instructional concept map in a learning scenario sample. assessment. From this distribution, an initial pattern classification can be set up to organize them into the next • Interaction enablers: contain patterns straightforward way. The current work categories: to support actions, maybe, not directly is focused on producing those potential addressed to teach about a certain topic patterns which can be useful in a • ontent managers: composed by C or acquire specific competencies. Such specific technology-based educational patterns that help practitioners to actions should encourage the student setting (Buendía Cano, 2006). There elaborate the didactic materials or participation or enable their interaction are some methods to detect or induce resources by enriching the original with other students. these learning patterns (Brouns et al, contents with multimedia formats 2005) but the selected approach is based or adding annotations or signals to • Assessment producers: associated to on the observation of learning scenarios provide instructional hints that assist patterns that allow teachers to elaborate in close disciplines and the detection their teaching. different kind of mechanisms to assess of successful practices when certain the student performance or their technologies are involved. • Activity facilitators: include patterns behavior (e.g. multimodal assessment or which assist the instructor in the formative vs. summative evaluation). preparation of learning tasks based on “problem solving” techniques, or Deployment To finish the pattern preparation, allow teachers to design seminars that The pattern deployment is based on these can be produced or defined contribute to discuss specific topics and a well-known instructional design considering different possibilities. In improve their learning. method called ADDIE (Molenda, some cases, there is available a catalog of 2003) which stands for Analysis, patterns according to different criteria Design, Development, Implementation (PPP, 2005) which can be applied in a eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 25. 25 eLearningPapers Goal category Description In-depth Remembering To identify and recognize the computer entities Understanding To interpret or explain a data structure algorithm Applying To apply a procedure to implement a logical circuit Analyzing To decompose or organize the computer components Evaluating To test or check the phases in an data structure management Creating To design or produce a new logical circuit Keywords Collection of terms which reference specific aspects of the learning scenario Table 2: Potential learning requirements. and Evaluation. The Analysis phase Discussion or the Keywords attributes. application has been successful. In this should gather those requirements This process is usually manual but it case, instructional experts could evaluate relevant to the target learning could be supported by a wizard tool this application by checking the scenarios such as instructional goals or assisted by experts in the pattern matching between pattern sketches and or learning objectives. Table 2 shows management. teacher proposed solutions. The next a list of requirements which could be section describes an application case to assigned in the context of a revision An advantage provided by design elucidate this deployment process. of the Bloom’s taxonomy (Anderson patterns is they are usually represented Krathwohl, 2001) for Computing by sketches or diagrams easy to curricula. These examples of learning interpret by teachers who are non- Approach application requirements contain actions that computer literate. The pattern narrative The aforementioned approach has can be mapped to the components structure also contributes to facilitate its been applied in a specific learning of a learning scenario such as the systematic application and the inclusion context based on the use of digital-ink one represented in Figure 1. For of tags in the graphical display permits technologies. Next subsections describe instance, actions such “recognize the a better understanding of the Solution the context that enabled the proposed computer entities” or “implements a attribute description. The proposed approach and the preparation and logical circuit” can be linked to display approach also encourages explaining deployment of digital-ink patterns in educational contents or perform how specific technologies are applied this context. academic activities in a learning in the context of the target pattern scenario context. and detailed instructions either text or graphic-based should be incorporated Context The matching process between in the Solution description. Then, such Patterns have been applied in a learning requirements and pattern technological details could give support Higher Education context at the UPV information is the critical stage to select to the Development of the required (Universitat Politècnica de València). In the right design pattern that should LD component to elaborate certain particular, they were essayed in several solve the stated need or problem and learning resources from recommended courses of undergraduate Computing using the pattern categories defined multimedia formats or design activities degrees, in an attempt to adapt these in the Preparation phase. In this exploiting the pattern potential. In courses according to the Bologna point, ontology notations can help to a similar way, the Implementation Declaration guidelines. Some studies determine the terms or concepts to phase has to address the particular have been carried out over the last six be searched in the pattern catalogue. conditions provided by the available academic years that reveal instructional The information contained in the learning platforms to accommodate problems such as: low participation pattern Problem attribute should also those patterns which are implemented and student interaction, pupils’ lack facilitate this matching process and in such platforms. Eventually, the of motivation, low class attendance other information items can be taken Evaluation step should check the rates, high course drop-out rates and into account such as the Context, the pattern application in order to test if its eventually, poor students’ performance. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 26. 26 eLearningPapers In-depth To deal with these problems, the UPV implemented in another pilot group Preparation of digital-ink raised several educational innovation of a core second-year course called projects and one of them was granted Data Structure and Algorithms that patterns by Hewlett Packard in the framework in contrast with the first experience, The experiences aforementioned of the HP Technology for Teaching could be considered a Computer enabled to generate a catalogue Grant Initiative, Transforming Teaching Science subject rather different from of patterns based on digital-ink and Learning through Technology the Computer Engineering course technologies (see Appendix A with (HP, 2008). The central idea of this focused in the first experience. some pattern samples classified by project was to exploit the potential of Nevertheless, the team in charge of categories). The detection of good digital ink technologies to deploy a the HP project realized that the design practices and satisfactory outcomes was more interactive teaching and learning of the learning experiences based on crucial to start such pattern generation environment based on the use of Tablet digital ink technologies in both cases but another factor can be considered PCs and similar devices. were very close and similar outcomes essential in this process. This factor was were obtained (Benlloch et al, 2010). the need to conceptualize the potential Tablet PCs can be considered as During the course 2010-2011, new of digital-ink technologies. traditional laptops including an LCD experiences were implemented in screen on which the user can write Figure 2 shows a concept map that different Computing disciplines and using a special pen. These devices rely displays some of the basic notions and analogous good practices were detected on digital ink technology, where a actions related with the instructional in their implementation. digitizer can capture the movement of the pen and thus, allowing users to put data onto the screen in a natural way. Digital inking enhances the chances for active learning activities allowing actions such as handwriting, highlighting, marking, drawing, sketching or doodling. The project granted by HP equipped a special classroom with twenty Tablet PCs where several learning experiences were developed since the year 2009. The first experience was applied during the spring 2009 semester to a pilot group of Computer Technology, a core first- year Computing Engineering course. In the next semester, a new case was Figure 2: Concept map of digital-ink technologies. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 27. 27 eLearningPapers Name Half-baked In-depth Context Half-baked Problem Teaching in a traditional classroom with electronic slides to display contents Discussion Classroom sessions are boring and difficult to follow due to overloaded slides Solution Slide-based teaching is a usual technique but these slides can evolve in a dynamic way allowing students to focus on the teacher's discourse Diagram Instructor completes the prepared “half-baked” slide on the fly by means of instructional elements based on digital-ink technologies Relationships See Figure 3 Keywords Light and shade, Augmented reality Electronic slides; classroom contents; understanding goal; adding explanations; framing concepts; drawing diagrams Table 2: Potential learning requirements. use of “digital-ink” technologies. For instance, how “Handwritten inputs” can be used to introduce math special symbols or the ability to “Sketch” diagrams or “Highlight” information items. This conceptualization process was fundamental in the preparation of learning design patterns and it also contributed to select tags which characterize the Keywords attribute in the proposed pattern definition. Such process also enabled the connection   with the learning scenario components mapped in Figure 1 (Buendía, 2011). One sample of digital-ink pattern in the Content category is called “Half- Figure 3: Sketch of the “Half-baked” pattern. baked” and it describes the possibility to provide an initial version of a slide- based presentation whose main points Deployment of digital-ink can be considered an essential tool can be complemented with additional in the Analysis step for the proposed annotations or drawings during the patterns approach. These answers contributed lecture. After their preparation, such digital- to detect the potential digital-ink ink patterns were applied in the patterns that could be useful for a set of Table 3 shows a short description of context of Computing degree courses instructors who taught a wide range of the pattern attributes according to their to validate their use in real learning computing disciplines. Moreover, some previous definition that includes bold scenarios. Appendix B displays part of instructor’s answers were analyzed and terms remarking singular concepts. a questionnaire that was submitted to their interpretation leads to advise these Figure 3 displays the diagrammatic lecturers who wished to participate instructors against the use of digital-ink representation of the pattern which in these evaluation experiences in technologies in their teaching activities. contains red-labeled tags that refer order to gather their instructional In this analysis process, the matching instructional actions associated to the requirements. This questionnaire was between learning requirements and digital-ink technologies in the pattern based on a checklist format to ease the pattern possibilities was manually context. instructor’s answers and its outcomes performed. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 28. 28 eLearningPapers In-depth After this Analysis stage, selected instructors participated in several experiments on the proposed patterns in their courses. These experiments consisted in the elaboration of a real pattern sample implementation by each instructor in a specific learning scenario using the pattern sketch as a template guide. For instance, Figure 4a shows an example of pattern application in a Computer Technology subject. This example corresponds to a “Half-baked” pattern (see Table 3)   that fits with the “Understanding” goal category referenced in Table 2 and it demonstrated the teacher ability to instantiate such pattern by completing a) “Half-baked” implementation sample its presentation with handwritten annotations. Figure 4b shows a similar application in the case of a “Filling blanks” pattern within a Data Structure subject. In this example, the instructor who implemented the pattern instantiation confirmed the way to design an interactive learning task that allowed him to check a data structure operation. b) “Filling blanks” implementation sample Figure 4: Example of pattern deployment. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 29. 29 eLearningPapers In-depth Conclusions description and connect them with practitioner support. Moreover, it instructional issues. must be acknowledged that evaluation The current work has described experiences have been developed on an approach to use patterns in the This pattern-based approach has been isolated learning scenarios and other design of learning scenarios supported applied in an educational context experiments are needed to generalize by technology-enhanced settings. corresponding to Computing curricula the pattern application in learning The choice of design patterns was in order to validate such approach. In sequences and flows. performed after the review of different summary, a two-phase process has been mechanisms to represent learning performed i) to prepare a list of design Other further works include, on the issues in a formal or semiformal way. patterns associated to a technology- one hand, the preparation of new The proposed approach has taken enhanced setting based on digital pattern catalogues, the development of advantage of the pattern features which ink technologies and ii) to deploy wizard tools that assist instructors in combine the narrative textual-based these patterns in this kind of settings the pattern application and the research expression power with visual notations demonstrating their effectiveness. in the integration with ontology easy to understand by non-computer The approach application has enabled notations. On the other hand, new cases literate users. These design patterns the generation of digital-ink patterns studies are being planned to complete have been considered flexible enough which have been used by teachers in the approach evaluation, taking into to be adapted to different instructional specific learning scenarios and the account other issues such as the student conditions enabling the representation obtained outcomes have revealed performance or their point of view of multiple types of learning scenarios a general pattern success among about the benefits of a pattern-based and they have been extended with new involved teachers. However, such learning approach. features such as tags that complement experiences have also shown that some the pattern diagrammatic information teachers are still reluctant to apply and keywords which permit to identify these representation mechanisms and fundamental concepts in the pattern their application requires a stronger eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 30. 30 eLearningPapers References In-depth Adorni, G., Coccoli, M., Vercelli, G. Vivanet, G. (2008). IFIP International Federation for Information Processing, Volume 281; Learning to Live in the Knowledge Society; Michael Kendall and Brian Samways, Boston, Springer, 357–358. Adorni, G., Brondo, D. Vivanet, G. (2009). A formal instructional model based on Concept Maps Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society, 5(3), 33 - 42. Agostinho, S. (2006). The use of visual learning design representation to document and communicate teaching ideas. In Proceedings of ASCILITE 2006, Sydney. Alexander, C., Ishikawa, S. Silverstein, M. (1977). A pattern language: Towns,buildings, construction. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Anderson, L. W., Krathwohl, D. R. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching and assessing: A revision of Bloom’s Taxonomy of educational objectives: Complete edition, New York , Longman. Benlloch-Dualde, J.V, Buendía, F Cano, J.C. (2010). Supporting instructors in designing Tablet PC-based courses. , Proceedings of 10th IEEE International Conference on Advanced Learning Technologies” ICALT 2010, Sousse, Tunisia, 591- , 593. Brouns, F Koper,R., Manderveld,J., Van Bruggen,J., Sloep, P Van Rosmalen P Tattersall, C. Vogten, H. (2005). ., ., ., A first exploration of an inductive analysis approach for detecting learning design patterns. Journal of Interactive Media in Education 2005 (03). Buendía, F Díaz P (2003). A Framework for the Management of Digital Educational Contents Conjugating Instructional . . and Technical Issues. Educational Technology Society, 6(4), 48-59. Buendía, F Cano, J.C. (2006). WebgeneOS: A Generative and Web-Based Learning Architecture to Teach Operating ., Systems in Undergraduate Courses. IEEE Transactions on Education, Education, 49(4), 464-473. uendia F (2011). Supporting the Generation of Guidelines for Online Courses, Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge B . Society, 7(3), 51-61. CEN/ISSS, (2002). CEN/ISSS Information Society Standardization System, Learning Technologies Workshop. Conole G. Fill K. (2005). A learning design toolkit to create pedagogically effective learning activities” Journal of . Interactive Media in Education, 2005 (08). Conole, G. (2008). Capturing practice: The role of mediating artefacts in learning design. In L. Lockyer, S. Bennett, S. Agostinho B Harper (Eds), Handbook of research on learning design and learning objects: Issues, applications and technologies, 187-207 Hersey PA: IGI Global. . Conole, G. Weller, M. (2008). Using learning design as a framework for supporting the design and reuse of OER. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 5. Bra, P Houben, G. Wu, H. (1999). AHAM: A Dexter-based Reference Model for Adaptive Hypermedia. Proc. of ACM De ., Hypertext ‘99, Darmstadt, Germany, 147-156. P Aedo I. Panetsos F (2001). Modeling the dynamic behavior of hypermedia applications. IEEE Transactions on Díaz ., . Software Engineering, 27 (6), 550-572. Dicheva, D. Dichev, C. (2006) TM4L: Creating and Browsing Educational Topic Maps, British Journal of Educational Technology – BJET, 37(3), 391-404. Goodyear, P (2005). Educational design and networked learning: Patterns, pattern language and design practice. . Australasian Journal of Education Technology, 21(1), 82–101. Gruber, T. R. (1993). A translation approach to portable ontologies. Knowledge Acquisition, 5(2), 199-220. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 31. 31 eLearningPapers ernández, D. , Asensio, J.I., Dimitriadis, Y. Villasclaras, E. (2007). Diagrams of learning flow patterns’ solutions as H visual representations of refinable IMS learning design templates. Handbook of Visual Languages for Instructional Design, In-depth IGI Group, 395-413. HP (2008) Higher Education HP Technology for Teaching Grant Initiative Recipients, retrieved September 7 2011 , http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/socialinnovation/us/programs/tech_teaching/hied_global_emea.html?jumpid=reg_ r1002_usen (2003). IMS Learning Design Specification. Retrieved September 7 2011 IMS , http://www.imsproject.org/learningdesign Kasowitz, A. (1998). Tools for Automating Instructional Design. ERIC Clearinghouse on Information and Technology. Syracuse (USA). night, C. Gasevic, D. Richards, G. (2005). Ontologies to integrate learning design and learning content. Journal of K Interactive Media in Education. Special Issue on Advances in Learning Design, 2005 (7). oper, R. (2001). Modelling units of study from a pedagogical perspective: the pedagogical meta-model behind EML. K Educational Technology Expertise Centre (OTEC), Open University of the Netherlands. Koper R. (2006). Current Research in Learning Design. Educational Technology Society, 9 (1), 13-22. asterman, L. (2008). Activity theory and the design of pedagogic planning tools. In L. Lockyer, S. Bennett, S. Agostinho M B. Harper (Eds.), Handbook of research on learning design and learning obkects: issues, applications and technologies, Hershey, New York: Information Science Reference,1, 209 - 227 . Merrill, M.D., ID2 Research Team (1996). Instructional Transaction Theory: Instructional Design based on Knowledge Objects. Educational Technology, 36 (3),30-37. izoguchi, R., Ikeda, M. Sinitsa. K. (1997). Roles of shared ontology in AI-ED research: intelligence, conceptualization, M standardization, and reusability. In B. du Boulay and R. Mizoguchi, editors, Artificial Intelligence in Education, Proceedings of AI-ED 97 537-544. , Molenda, M. (2003). In search of the elusive ADDIE model. Performance improvement, 42(5), 34. Murray, T. (1996). Special purpose ontologies and the representation of pedagogical knowledge. In Proceedings of the 1996 international conference on Learning sciences, D. C. Edelson and E. A. Domeshek (Eds.). International Society of the Learning Sciences, 235-242. Nervig, N. (1990) Instructional systems development: a reconstructed ISD model. Educational Technology, 40-46. apasalouros, A. Retalis, S. (2002). Ob-AHEM: A UML P -enabled model for Adaptive Educational Hypermedia Applications. Interactive educational Multimedia, 4. Paquette, G., Rosca, I., De la Teja, I., Léonard M. y Lundgren-Cayrol , K.(2001). Webbased Support for the Instructional Engineering of E-learning Systems. WebNet’01 Conference, Orlando (USA). (2005). Pedagogical Patterns Project, retrieved September 7 2011 PPP , http://www.pedagogicalpatterns.org Rogers, P (2002). Designing instruction for technology-enhanced learning. Hersey, PA: Idea Group Publishing. . Rohse, S., Anderson, T. (2006). Design patterns for complex learning. Journal of Learning Design, 1(3), 82-91. Schwabe, D. Rossi, G. (1995). The Object-Oriented Hypermedia Design Model. Communications of the ACM, 38(8), 45-46. Scott, B., Johnson, Z. (2005). Using topic maps as part of learning design – some history and a case study. Proceedings III International Conference on Multimedia and Communication Technologies in Education, Cáceres, Spain. Spector, J.M. Ohrazda, C. (2003) Automating instructional design: Approaches and limitations. Educational Technology Research and Development, 26, 685-700. iest, S. Zell A. (2001). Improving Web-Based Training Using an XML Content Base. Proc. Of Educational Multimedia W and Hypermedia. EDMEDIA’01, Tampere (Finland), 2045-2050 eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 32. 32 eLearningPapers In-depth Appendix A. Digital-ink pattern catalogue Category Name Short description Content manager Light and shade Some content items need to be clarified using an extra explanation or highlighted by means of visual artifacts. Focus of attention There are items that require to be located, by signaling, underlining or framing certain information (e.g. Pointing out a diagram or underling a sentence). Half-baked Some resources such as slide-based presentation can be completed on the fly by using freehand inputs to facilitate presentations or improve the discourse. Augmented reality Some content resources such as images, video sequences or documents are better understood if additional information items are placed on them. Activity facilitator Make connections There are activities that require to link or set up relationships among their component items. Do it freehand Some activities entail the elaboration of a diagram, drawing a sketch or introducing an equation. Sharing efforts Several students need to participate and collaborate to solve a problem, sharing and exchanging information. Organize your ideas A learning activity can require elaborating a concept or mind map. Filling blanks Different activities can demand to introduce information on a previously prepared structure (text, table, diagram, map…) Interaction enabler Raise your question Anonymous contributions can help those students who are reluctant to ask in public (this pattern could be related with “Focus of attention”). Post your opinion Students can contribute with their point of view in a topic discussion. The audience responds A poll mechanism can be used to gather the overall student preferences or the knowledge about a topic. Exchanging messages Students should communicate among them during a collaborative task (this pattern could be related with “Sharing efforts”). Assessment The right option A rapid answer to a closed set of questions (objective test) is required. producer Connection game A learning activity based on matching options could be evaluated (this pattern could be related with “Make connections”). Grading opinion The student point of view about a certain topic can be assessed (this pattern could be related with “Post your opinion”). Bad news Instructor can signal or remark the corrections made in the student works (fixing common mistakes). Good news Instructor can highlight the strong points in the student works (providing positive reinforcement). eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 33. 33 eLearningPapers In-depth Appendix B. Instructional requirement questionnaire Contents Text documents require introducing special marks on them. Images such as photos, graphics, or diagrams need annotations or additional descriptions. Slide-based presentations require some kind of annotation or highlighting their components. In video sequences or “screencast” some elements need to be signaled or marked. , Activities Students have to carry out matching or filling blanks exercises. Course exercises require “freehand” inputs (e.g. symbols, equations, diagrams…). Students are required to summarize topics by using a graphical representation. Students share tasks in which annotations or diagrams are produced. Interaction Students can anonymously ask questions focused on the course resources during the class sessions. Students can post their point of view about a certain topic. Students participate in collaborative works. Students can vote or select a certain topic. Assessment An objective assessment is performed using a closed set of answers or matching options. Student opinions about a certain course topic can be assessed. Instructors perform annotations on the works delivered by students. Some student responses are selected and reviewed in front of class. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 34. 34 eLearningPapers Students as learning designers: In-depth Using social media to scaffold the experience [ ] Authors Leanne Cameron [ +] MiriamTanti [ +] Faculty of Education. Australian Catholic University Introduction The ‘students as learning designers’ approach challenges Summary It has been stated that the field of transmission models of pedagogy and requires teachers to learning design holds the promise of relinquish some control to their students so that they might have providing teachers with a framework the space to experiment and discover how to learn. that will enable them to design high This paper outlines the findings of two studies that allowed quality, effective and innovative learning students to explore new ways of learning, where they were experiences for their students (Cameron, encouraged to take responsibility for their own learning, and 2009). By creating the possibility of outlines what potential social media tools may have in facilitating deconstructing their existing teaching this experience. These projects demonstrate that when students strategies; aiding reflection on their own are empowered to design their own learning activities, they can practice; documenting and scaffolding deeply engage in the learning process. innovative learning activities; and sharing and reusing expert practice, the field of learning design has the potential to improve the quality of teaching throughout the higher education sector. Traditionally, the key stakeholder in the learning process, the student, is not given a central design role, however, with the advent of web 2.0 tools, it has never been easier to provide students with the opportunity to contribute to their own learning. Many students have already chosen to use social media, eg. Facebook, Twitter, for their own communications and social interaction (November, 2011). In this paper, we report on what happens when students are empowered to design their own learning, and how best to scaffold the design process using the Tags social media tools with which they are students as learning designers, social media, already familiar. participatory media Languages cz da de bg et el es fr it lv lt hu nl pl pt ro sk sl fi sv eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 35. 35 eLearningPapers In-depth Overview students to creating and sharing their learner understanding using questions. own learning designs. It aimed to: However, they often needed lots of The paper describes two separate, support in understanding the relationship but related, studies. The “Students as • rovide an opportunity for students to P between the learning activities and the Learning Designers Project” (Cameron have ownership over the design and pedagogy. Gotlieb, 2009), involved five teachers creation of their learning experiences; and 165 students from five elementary It was not just a matter of helping the schools. A key element of the project • Determine the key teaching and students think up relevant and authentic was that the students were asked to take learning opportunities afforded by learning tasks, their teacher’s role was a significant amount of responsibility student authoring projects; to provide students with carefully in planning for, and creating, their considered scaffolds that enabled them own learning. During the project, the • nalyse the depth and variety of A to achieve beyond what they could as students produced 230 learning designs. the designs provided by students individuals with the resources before Research data was collected from when access to authoring software is them. In the “Scaffolding Student teachers and students via a pre-project provided; Learning Designers” Project, the survey and video recorded post-project • valuate the tools that could provide E potential of social media tools to scaffold interviews. Throughout the project, the an efficient means of involving students this experience was examined. teachers took a problem-based learning in learning. approach and it became quickly apparent Several studies indicate that the features that the students required significant In the second project, “Scaffolding of social media tools may be used scaffolding, particularly in the early stages Student Learning Designers”, the same for educational purposes (Boling, et of the process. project design was employed, but an al., 2008; Glass Spiegelman, 2008; additional aim was included: Haramiak, Boulton, Irwin, 2009; In the subsequent project, “Scaffolding Kajder Bull, 2004; Martindale Wiley, Student Learning Designers”, the • nalyse how social media tools were A 2005; Quible, 2005; Ray, 2006; Wassell potential of social media to provide employed to scaffold the learning Crouch, 2008). Researchers argue the identified need for scaffolding design process. that social media tools, namely blogs was explored. The support received and microblogs can be used as effective by students designing their learning, In each project, students and teachers instructional tools in which teachers and both from their teachers and their were asked to look beyond their current students can communicate with each peers, was analysed. This study involved approach to teaching and learning and other and make connections between 206 Masters students at the Australian analyse the attitudes and conceptions content and pedagogy (Overby, 2009; Catholic University in their first year of that inform that approach. The project- Ray, 2006). Students can also utilise the study. Data was collected from students’ based learning strategy adopted required technologies to collaborate and share Tweets, blog entries and a post-project students to take a more active role their resources. online survey. in planning and creating their own learning. Understanding how they In the learning design environment might do this was a complex and multi- in the “Scaffolding Student Learning Objectives faceted problem. Designers” study, students were not The initial project, “Students as Learning merely using the social media tools to Students generally understood how to Designers Project”, was designed to receive information: they were engaging structure a basic learning task, eg. provide determine the educational impact of some information and then check eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 36. 36 eLearningPapers Instructional Design Advantages to Students Disadvantages to Students In-depth Considerations Collaboration Can learn from each other. Only as strong as the weakest link. Synergy results from 2 minds working together. Too many chiefs, not enough Indians. Can share workload responsibilities “Many hands Difficult for some students to deal with responsibility for make small work” leadership Major amounts of time are necessary. Relevance Empowers learner to connect theory hypotheses If it’s the wrong track, it’s a waste of time. to actual/ practical context. Adds realism to learning process. Provides pride in ownership of product Allows for constructive learning Learner control Encourages diversity. Can produce off-task results. Encourages multiple approaches to solutions. Lack of direction can occur when losing sight of objectives Allows for more sophisticated approaches. Procrastination can result. Encourages self-confidence. Allows control of own pace time Technological Provides advance notice of content, context, and May intimidate the less well informed or skilled. preparation applications to be used. May get lost overwhelmed by “information overload. ” Increases familiarity ease with technology. Table 1: Advantages and Disadvantages to Students as Designers and Teachers (Murphy, Harvell, Sanders Epps, 1999) in a constructive learning design process When students were given the didn’t know how to design to meet the with both their teachers and their peers. opportunity participate in a discussion challenge. with the researchers in their role as learning designers (with equal status It was noted that for those students Students as learning with their teachers), they rose to meet who were not autonomous learners, designers the challenge and provided insightful it was really important for the teacher comments, eg. How can groups be used to scaffold the learning activities so As learning designers, students are given to pull together individuals of similar the students were able to achieve and the opportunity to be creative and of different interest?; What constitutes a focus on learning the meacognitive and pursue their goals actively (Lui Hsiao, ‘good’ answer?; how and why we provide communication skills necessary for this 2002). The initial project demonstrated feedback. type of work. The teachers needed to be that students are able to make decisions able to identify gaps in the students’ skills (with varying degrees of guidance) The table below most effectively and knowledge, and provide scaffolding about both content (what to learn) and summarises the advantages of using to help get the students to the next level. pedagogy (how to learn it), (Reigeluth, students as designers of learning and it 1996). In the latter “Scaffolding Student also outlines a number of disadvantages, some of which that the teachers in this Learning Designers” project, explicit Designing learning is a complex task. project also discussed in the post-project teacher presence was intentionally Caver, Lehrer, Connell Erickson interview. withheld from the social media (1992) identified five categories of environment. The students were aware critical thinking skills they observed their tweets and blog entries were public students exhibiting when they were designing learning environments and/ The Teacher’s Role so their teachers could read them at any The presence of the teacher was clearly time, however, the teachers did not make or tools. These thinking skills were also evident throughout the initial “Students posts themselves. This was a conscious observed to be taking place in these as Learning Designers Project” project. effort on the part of the teachers to projects: Initially the research team set criteria encourage peer support, which was • Project management; with the students about what makes a indeed what occurred. • Research; good learning design but the teachers The value of scaffolding during the needed to have further discussions with • Organisation and representation; design process became evident in students to identify where they hadn’t • Presentation; and the initial project. The concept of completely understood the criteria, or scaffolding is derived from cognitive • Reflection. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 37. 37 eLearningPapers In-depth psychological research. It is defined as a the teachers provided criteria for the and encourage active engagement with “social interaction that a knowledgeable learning designs, taught metacognive and students. All of these were observed: participant can create, by means of communication skills, provided feedback speech, supportive conditions in which on the learning designs and provided • ndependent learning, negotiated I the novice can participate in, and extend, some instruction on the use of the between student and teacher; current skills and knowledge to higher technology. • Personal development; levels of competence (Greenfield, 1984 • Problem-based learning; as quoted by Donato, 1994). Teachers often think that what they do is necessarily more important for • xplicit reflection by students on their E According to Wood, Bruner Ross student learning that other activities learning; (1976), scaffolded help is characterised in which they engage. Although the • Independent group work; by six features: importance of the teacher was clearly • Learning by doing; demonstrated in both projects, teachers • Recruiting interest in the task; • Developing learning skills; and had to be careful not to place themselves • Simplifying the task; in the position of mediating all the • Project work. • Maintaining pursuit of the goal; students needed to know. This may In order for the students to design their not only create unrealistic expectations, own learning activities, the teachers had • arking critical features and M but teachers can potentially de-skill to relinquish some control. This resulted discrepancies between what has been their students by preventing them from in their students being: produced and the ideal solution; effectively learning from each other • ontrolling frustration during C (Boud et al, 2001). • Given the initiative; problem-solving, and • llowed to choose from a diversity of A • emonstrating an idealized version of D sound methods; the act to be performed. Encouraging Student • ork in teams on authentic, real-world W Engagement tasks; Donato (1994) reports that peer collaboration provides the same Throughout both projects, the • tilise the features of advanced U opportunity for scaffolded help as does teachers and students developed a technologies; and that of the expert/novice relationship. highly engaging, customised learning environment that fostered student • llowed to persevere until they reached A It is often assumed that scaffolding only appropriate standards (Reigeluth, 1996). occurs in the presence of an identifiable independence, initiative, teamwork, expert and that this assistance is thinking skills, metacognitive skills and There is no doubt the students were unidirectional, that is from the teacher to diversity. Within this environment, the actively engaged, however, just being the student. students collaborated to design effective allowed to do something that is not a learning activities. Their design task usual part of formal learning, and/or In the initial “Students as Learning required them to use higher order being recognised for creating something Designers Project” project teachers thinking processes and reflection, not just clever, is enough to keep students sometimes saw a need to “formalise the the lower order thinking skills normally motivated and on task (Prensky, 2007). informal” to realise the potential benefits used when they are simply required to Hence novelty may have been a factor of peer learning so that all students could reproduce knowledge. for the high level of student motivation benefit from it, not just those who were observed. already proficient learners. For example, Kimber Wyatt-Smith (2006) cite eight strategies to foster deep learning eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 38. 38 eLearningPapers In-depth Additionally, both projects observed resources from their peers anywhere, any their approach to the curriculum. similar student behaviour to that time; share ideas, thoughts, reflections Teachers began to look at curriculum reported by Liu Rutledge (1997), and and support and challenge each other. frameworks for allowing student that was that while students were highly The question was often asked, “What creation and sharing motivated in many respects and were on can I do to make this better?” and they task, the critical design skills of planning frequently got instant feedback. The Chang et al (2008) noted that resistance and time management were not easy for 140 character limit was a challenge for to the change in the teacher’s role is not them to acquire. some in this context but it provided a only felt by the teachers. Students have discipline that was beneficial in many also voiced a reluctance to accept the cases. shift away from teacher-centred learning. Learning with Social Media Have students been conditioned to the These results of the initial “Students The students excelled at picking up status quo, or are they at a time in their as Learning Designers Project” were the new technology in different and lives where they don’t want to upset impressive but what emerged during interesting ways and the teachers found their peers? the study was that students required they learnt from the students in this area. timely and effective support throughout This also helped create an environment the learning design process. Hence where the control of the learning process Conclusion the search began for tools to scaffold was more student-centred. The “students as learning designers” students’ learning without diminishing approach clearly demonstrated that the value of peer interaction and support the act of designing can facilitate deep that had been witnessed in the initial The Findings learning in the classroom. It enabled study. These projects clearly demonstrated the students to be independently engaged act of designing learning can facilitate in investigation, work autonomously The value of a blog to record work-in- students’ engagement and deep learning and collaboratively, and it also provided progress and as a reflection tool is well in the classroom. The findings were: their teachers with rich opportunities documented (Dawson, Murray, Parvis for key teaching moments. This Paterson, 2005; JISC, 2008). Blogging • here was an increase in use of the T approach challenges transmission models often increases student participation language of metacognition and an of pedagogy and requires teachers to in reflective activity, improves student increase in the use of and sharing of relinquish some control to their students engagement and can change the metacognitive strategies; so that they might be given the space dynamics of face-to-face sessions. to design, discover how to learn and to • he classroom dynamic changed. T deeply engage in the learning process. However Twitter emerged as the social There was a recognition of teachers as Additionally, the paper outlined the media tool of choice with which to co-learner and guide and an increased potential social media tools have to provide scaffolding advice. Doggett recognition of peers as co-learners and facilitate this experience. In our projects (2009) outlines nine reasons why Twitter a source of support and advice; students were not merely using the social might be beneficial in an educational media tools to receive information: they • tudents developed highly diverse S setting. Our project confirms that Twitter were engaging in a constructive learning learning designs; and was an invaluable tool in our project. design process with both their teachers • his project provided an opportunity T and their peers. Using Twitter, students were able to for teachers to explicitly reflect on source a wide range of views and metacognitive skills and rethink eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 39. 39 eLearningPapers References In-depth oud, D., Cohen, R. Sampson, J. (eds). (2001). Peer learning in higher education: Learning from and with each other. B London: Kogan Page. Boling, E., Castek, J., Zawilinski, L., Barton, K., Nierlich, T. (2008). Collaborative literacy: Blogs and Internet projects. The Reading Teacher, 61(6), 504-506. ameron, L. (2009). How learning design can illuminate teaching practice. Proceedings of The Future of Learning Design C Conference, December 10, 2009. Paper 3. Retrieved from http://ro.uow.edu.au/fld/09/Program/3 Cameron, L. Gotlieb, C. (2009). Students Participating in the Learning Design Process Using LAMS. In L. Cameron J. Dalziel (Eds), Proceedings of the 4th International LAMS Conference 2009: Opening Up Learning Design., pp. 40-47 3-4th . December. 2009, Sydney: LAMS Foundation. Retrieved from: http://lamsfoundation.org/lams2009sydney/CD/pdfs/03_Cameron.pdf Carver, S.M., Lehrer, R., Connell, T. Erickson, J. (1992). Learning by hypermedia design: Issues of assessment and implementation. Educational Psychologist, 27(3), pp. 385-404. Chang, R., Kennedy, G. Petrovic, T. (2008). Web 2.0 and user-created content: Students negotiating shifts in academic authority. In Hello! Where are you in the landscape of educational technology? Proceedings ascilite Melbourne 2008. http://www.ascilite.org.au/conferences/melbourne08/procs/chang.pdf awson, J., Murray, K., Parvis, S. Paterson, J. (2005) Using weblogs to encourage reflective learning in History and D Classics – http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/cross_fac/heahistory/elibrary/resources/CS_Dawson_Weblogs_200707xx.pdf Doggett, L. (2009). Nine great reasons why teachers should use Twitter. Retrieved from http://lauradoggett.com/2009/03/nine-great-reasons-why-teachers-should-use-twitter/ on 21 October, 2011. Donato, R. (1994). “Collective scaffolding in second language learning” in Bygotskian approaches to second language research. Norwood, J. J.: Ablex Pub. Corp. lass, R., Spiegelman, M. (2008). Incorporating blogs into the syllabus: Making their space a learning space. Journal of G Educational Technology Systems, 6(2), 145-155. aramiak, A., Boulton, H., Irwin, B. (2009). Trainee teachers’ use of blogs as private reflections for professional H development. Learning, Media and Technology, 34(3), 259-269. JISC. (2008). Effective Practice with e-Portfolios, p.18 – www.jisc.ac.uk/effectivepracticeeportfolios ajder, S. B., Bull, G.. (2004). A space for “writing without writing. Learning Leading with Technology, 31(6), 32-35. K imber, K. Wyatt-Smith, C. (2006). Using and creating knowledge with new technologies: A case for students-as K designers. Learning, Media and Technology, Vo. 31, No. 1, March 2006, pp. 19-34. iu, M. Hsiao, Y. (2002). Middle School Students as Multimedia Designers: A Project-Based Learning Approach. Journal L of Interactive Learning Research, 13(4), 311-337 Norfolk, VA: AACE. Retrieved from . http://www.editlib.org/p/9529 M. Rutledge, K. (1997). The effect of a “learner as multimedia designer” environment on at-risk high school Liu, students’ motivation and learning of design knowledge. Journal of Educational Computing Research. 16(2), pp. 145-177. Murphy, K.L., Harvell, T.J., Sanders, B. Epps, M.L. (1999). Students as designers and teachers of their courses via computer-mediated communication. Paper presented at the Annual Convention of the Association for Educational Communications and Technology (AECT), Houston, Texas on February 13, 1999. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 40. 40 eLearningPapers November, A. (2011). Students as contributors: The digital learning farm. Retrieved from http://novemberlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/students-as-contributors.pdf on 21 October, 2011. In-depth Overby, A. (2009). The new conversation: Using weblogs for reflective practice in the studio art classroom. Art Education, 62(4), 18-24. Prensky, M. (2007). Students as designers and creators of educational computer games: Who else? Retrieved from http://www.marcprensky.com/writing/Prensky-Students_as_Game_Creators-.pdf eigeluth, C.M. (1996). IT Forum Paper #17: What is the new paradigm of Instructional Theory. Indiana University. R uible, Z. K. (2005). Blogs: A natural in business communication courses. Business Communication Quarterly, 68(1), Q 73-76. J. (2006). Welcome to the Blogoshere. The Educational Use of Blogs (aka Edublogs). Kappa Delta Pi Record, 42(4), Ray, 175-177. assell, B., Crouch, C. (2008). Fostering critical engagement in preservice teachers: Incorporating weblogs into W multicultural education. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 16(2), 211-232. ood, D., Bruner, J.S., Ross, G. (1976). The role of tutoring in problem solving. Journal of Child Psychology and W Psychiatry. 17 pp. 89-100. , eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 41. 41 eLearningPapers Blended Collaborative Constructive In-depth Participation (BCCP): A model for teaching in higher education [ ] Authors Ligorio M. Beatrice [ +] Cucchiara Stefania [ +] University of Bari 1. Introduction The Blended Collaborative Constructive Participation (BCCP) Summary Many universities have already model is a university teaching model built upon six years of experimented various distance learning, experimentation. blended learning or network learning Through a flexible structure and a set of six types of activities, solutions. Even traditional universities the aim of this model is to put into practice a series of already are in the process of softening their well-established pedagogical principles, such as the Community resistance to such solutions (Cahill, of Learners, the Community of Practice, the socio-constructivist 2011).Volery and Lord (2000) warn dimension, the dialogical perspective, and knowledge building. that if universities do not adopt e-learning, they will be left behind and A three-level system is presented as an assessment tool for web- they will lose ground to other types of forum discussions, organized around the contents of the course. educational providers. In general, there This system is meant to be used by teachers and by students to is a growing interest from universities monitor and support the evolution of the discussion. in understanding advantages, costs, and conditions of introducing e-learning as part of their educational provision to students. Many factors are recognized as critical for successfully delivering e-learning. O’Neil, Singh, and O’Donoghue (2004) distinguish structural issues, students’ learning strategies, and instructors and teaching style. These factors are surely interconnected but each of them needs a careful and specific design. Many authors have indicated the innovation of teaching models as a crucial aspect (Waks, 2007). Calls Tags for a new teaching pedagogy, that is capable of fruitfully exploiting the blended teaching, higher education, knowledge potentialities of technology, can be building, web-forum discussion found in almost all the research dealing with e-learning in higher education (McFadzean, 2001). Nevertheless, clear Languages cz da de bg et el es fr it lv lt hu nl pl pt ro sk sl fi sv eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 42. 42 eLearningPapers In-depth and detailed indications about how innovative pedagogical approaches, (c) closely related to a growing sense of to change such a teaching model and new assessments created from learning personal engagement in the practice, how the innovative teaching model outcomes, and (d) e-portfolios. a common objective, and a set of should be, are lacking. In this paper, we constantly negotiated procedures, propose a model for university blended Furthermore, the BCCP model inherits routines, and languages; teaching where structure and activities well-established, non-technologically are clearly described. The model has based educational models, such as: c) he socio-constructivist dimension, T been developed during six years of the dialogical dimension, and the a) he Community of Learners (CoL) T knowledge building approach experimentation funded by the Italian (Brown Campione, 1990), that (Scardamalia Bereiter, 1994), Ministry of Research. The starting point considers students as active learners, according to which learning does not of the model was the transformation of capable of increasing, deepening, and refer to the individual’s achievements, strong theoretical ideas into practices evaluating their own knowledge. but rather to a clear attempt to that are suitable for a blended context. Each student is, at the same time, improve collective learning. Such Results of each year of experimentation a learner and a teacher when s/he a result is only possible through a were implemented the following year, becomes an expert on a specific part guided and structured interaction therefore the model we now present of the learning contents. In this sense, between peers and expert guidance. has a strong empirical basis. In the in a CoL, activities are based on the To enrich this perspective, discussions following section we will briefly present exchange of roles, self-evaluation, and interactions between various the theoretical background inspiring active searching of sources, and points of view are considered crucial. the model. metacognition. Swapping roles, in The interactive moments should particular, is a crucial aspect of this not be aimed at converging toward 2. Theoretical background model. Groups are essential in a CoL: a pre-fixed definition or idea; on they are an ideal place to test roles, the contrary, the multiplicity of The model we propose, called to discuss, and to compare ideas and perspectives should be maintained. Blended Collaborative Constructive information. The groups regularly When different points of view are Participation (BCCP), follows meet and update each other about confronted, discussed, mixed and Nkonge and Gueldenzoph’s (2006) their progress through so-called integrated, then knowledge building recommendations to successfully use “cross-talk” meetings, meant as implies a dialogical management technology in higher education. These moments for groups to reciprocally between many positions, each of recommendations are: (a) to encourage challenge each other about the them provided by a “voice”, in the contact between students and activities under development. In fact, bakhtinian sense (Bakhtin, 1981). professors, (b) to develop reciprocity during the “cross-talk”, students ask This means that no attempt is made and cooperation among students, (c) each other critical questions and offer to converge toward a unique and to encourage active learning, (d) to stimuli for new directions; common point of view; rather, new give prompt feedback, (e) to emphasize time on task, (f) to communicate high knowledge is possible when all the b) he Communities of Practice T expectations, and (g) to respect diverse positions and voices are considered (CoP) (Wenger, 1998). According ways of learning. We also implemented and reciprocally enriched (Roth, to this model, learning happens some of MacKeogh and Fox’s (2009) 2009); when people can participate in suggestions, in particular as regards: cultural practices, crucial for the d) The Progressive Inquiry Model (a) flexible modular frameworks, (b) community; therefore, learning is (PIM) (Hakkarainen, Lipponen, eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 43. 43 eLearningPapers In-depth Järvela, 2002), that considers learning practice the many good pedagogical free platform called Synergeia (bscl. as an inquiry process deriving from ideas contained in the above-mentioned fit.fraunhofer.de), that provides basic general and broad questions – which perspective. With the BCCP model we functionalities such as the possibilities we have called “research questions”- attempt to highlight the link between to create folders, web-forums, wikis, and proceeding towards critical and theories and practice, and we consider and conceptual maps. Like many scientific thinking. In this model, technology to be capable of setting other platforms, Synergeia also students are spurred to finalize their up arenas where theories can actually provides inquiry tools to check users’ learning to realize a common and be put into practice. Therefore all the participations and to check by whom shared objective. This principle theoretical ideas we have presented can each item online has been posted, helps students collaborate in order be found in the elements composing read, and/or modified. Any platform to reach a status beyond individual the BCCP model, which will be or virtual space offering these tools achievement. presented in the next section. could be used to implement the BCCP model. Other sources of inspiration include 3. Structure and activities of the Reciprocal Teaching (RT) model In order to describe the model we (Palincsar Brown, 1984), the Jisgaw the BCCP model distinguish structural elements and model (Aronson Patnoe, 1997) and Before presenting the structure and activities (Ligorio Sansone, 2009). the general principles for collaborative the activities composing the BCCP, learning and peer discussion a few assumptions should be cleared. 3.1 The structure (Dillenbourg, 1999). First of all, we conceive the blended The structure of the BCCP model It may appear that the BCCP model dimension as carefully integrating concerns the contents, the way students is based on a copious theoretical online and offline activities. These are grouped, and the timing and background. Actually, all these theories two contexts are not simply a re- alternation of online and offline. As have numerous dimensions in common. proposition of one another, neither is recommended by MacKeogh and Fox First of all, they aim to support active the online arena considered a repository (2009), we propose to structure the and self-regulated learners; secondly, of educational materials. Rather, we course into modules, as many as needed they seek to balance individual consider online and offline as strictly to cover the contents of the course agency with the sense of belonging interwoven, one empowering the and also taking into consideration the to a community; finally, the specific other (Bonk Graham 2006; Ligorio, time available. The teacher is usually in finalization toward the production of Loperfido, Sansone, Spadaro, 2010). charge of organizing the contents and a concrete product – be it a paper, a Secondly, we assume minimum the sequence of the modules, although map, a grid or a table. Another idea technology competencies for both there should be space for flexibility common to the theoretical approaches teachers and students. No fancy and negotiation with the students in used in the BCCP model concerns the software or complicated platforms are order to take into account their pre- importance given to metacognition, needed. Participants should only be existing knowledge and interests. We critical reflection, and self-assessment. able to navigate and perform simple recommend giving the students an operations such as downloading and overview of the modules, the rationale Instead of looking for new pedagogical uploading materials, opening new of their sequence, each module’s goals, models, which would imply a radical folders, orienting and posting notes in and the goals of the whole course. and not always feasible change for web-forums, and managing personal teachers, we propose to put into profiles. In our experience we used a eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 44. 44 eLearningPapers In-depth Each module should propose the same groups support active learners and foster is very flexible in terms of online type of activities and the same tempo. individual responsibility for achieving activities: they can require just a few This would support the students’ common goals and joint enterprise hours from one face-to-face meeting perception of many possibilities – as (Wenger, 1998). Halfway through the to the next, or many hours per day. In many as the number of modules – to course, the groups should be broken up fact the model can be tailored based on repeat the activities and, eventually, to and recomposed. This way, students can the needs, aims, and constraints of the improve their performance. By moving experience a new group and test their students. In any case, students should be from one module to the next, students social skills in a different context. free to spend the required hours online should gradually feel more confident at their own convenience. of the structure of the modules and In general the offline meetings will become more independent and active. follow the agenda given by the course. 3.2 The activities This may range from one hour weekly Furthermore, we propose considering a to many hours spread over two or three Six activities compose the BCCP final module devoted to the preparation weekly meetings. Regardless of the model. This set of activities represents of a collective product - for instance, specific agenda, our general suggestion the complete model but it is not always a list of important points about the is to devote equal time to the teacher’s necessary to implement all the activities; course or an instrument such as a grid lecturing and to group discussion it is perfectly possible to select only a to guide observational activities. Such a about the online activities. Two types few and neglect the others. module should help students build up a of lectures can be offered: a) lecturing a) Reading and writing. Each general vision of the course and of the to start up a module - these are lectures participant is required to read links between the modules. Moreover, during which the teacher outlines the individually the educational material the during this final module students are main points of the module, presents teacher assigns him/her. This material forced to go back to all the previous the educational materials, and sets up may have several formats (such as a modules, so that those modules to the research question of the module; chapter, a journal article, a website or which less attention was devoted can b) lecturing on-demand, requested by a set of slides), carefully selected by the then be compensated. the students about points and concepts teacher, and posted online in a specific needing clarification during the Students are usually divided into folder. To perform this task, a few days discussions. This is a way to make the groups that may vary in size, from a are usually allotted. This assignment is students active and capable of regulating minimum of three to a maximum of always part of each module; therefore, the learning process. The research eight, following recommendations each student is required to read a questions and the lecturing on-demand from the literature about group number of documents similar to the can be defined as negotiation spaces size (Blumenfeld, Marx, Soloway number of modules composing the between the teacher and the students, Krajcik, 1996; Dillenbourg, 1999). course. Later, students have to write a meant as ways to break traditional Therefore the number of groups to be short critical review about that material. unidirectional teaching (from teacher to formed depends on the total number To write such a review, the teacher student). of students attending the course (i.e., offers the following precise indications: when there are 17 students, then two The online activities should be a) reporting the main issues of the subgroups can be formed, one with performed in between the face-to-face document they have read, b) outlining eight members and the other with meetings. Students can log online from its contribution to the research question of nine). Groups are the engine of university computers or from their of the module, c) giving a personal collaborative learning. In fact, small private locations. The BCCP model opinion, and d) from the second eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 45. 45 eLearningPapers In-depth module on, comparing the paper with ability to acquire their own critical self- various materials read by the students the previously read materials, either by assessment. composing the group. The discussions the same student or by other students. around the content are set in such a This activity is inspired by the Jigsaw. way as to foster a knowledge building The critical reviews are posted in In fact, students cover a piece of the process (Bereiter Scardamalia, 2003). a virtual folder and all the group module with their individual readings To achieve such an objective, both members have to read and comment on and by posting and reciprocally reading individual and social dimensions are them. The reviews represent the starting the reviews they cover the content of strongly interwoven (Chan van Aalst, point for the online discussions in each the whole module. Comparing many 2004). group, but they also support cross-group papers and being encouraged to express discussions around the same materials. personal points of view assures the c) Searching new materials. In fact, the same material is read by one dialogical nature of the discussion. In Students are encouraged to search new student in each group. Therefore, the fact, many voices are involved in this material to better address the module number of students reading the same activity — specifically, the students’ and to post it online accompanied by material depends on the number of voice, both as individuals and as part of a short justification. The justification groups. For instance, if in a course there a group, the voice of the experts of the contains information about author are three groups, there will be three material read, and finally the voice of and/or website credibility, why students reading the same material, the teacher. the material should be considered and they will confront and discuss this relevant for the module, and how it particular reading and their reviews on b) Discussing. Many types of can contribute to the inquiry on the it. So this activity leads to a twofold discussions are possible online: informal, module’s research question. Students level of discussion: a cross-group organizational and module-specific, all appreciate this practice and increasingly discussion about the same material, conducted asynchronically via web- select interesting educational material. and group discussion regarding all the forum. Informal and organizational The aim of this activity is twofold: materials of the module. Students enter discussions are possible throughout the it supports the students’ sensation of the group discussion with two “voices”: course, as students are allowed to open being active by contributing to the their own personal view, and that of the up new discussion forums whenever selection of educational materials; and, author of the material read. This way, they like. These spaces represent at the same time, students can reflect naïve and rhetorical discussions are also interesting opportunities for students on the criteria for recognizing valuable avoided. to express their thoughts and feelings information obtained on the Internet. about their participation in the course. Furthermore, for each module, the They are important spaces because d) Building collaborative products. teacher reads and comments two to various matters are addressed and solved The BCCP model proposes group- three reviews for each group so that, by and, above all, a sense of community is products and a collective final product. the end of the course, each student will built. While informal and organizational Group-products are built before moving have at least two commented reviews. discussion forums are freely organized on to a new module and they can be a In order to improve their writing by the students, the module-specific written synthesis or a conceptual map. skills, the students are required to read discussions are guided by the research and discuss in group the teacher’s question negotiated during the face- The synthesis describes how the group comments, even when they do not to-face meetings. Each group attempts worked during the module-specific concern their own review. The reviews to answer the research question discussion. The teacher provides a are aimed at enhancing the students’ by comparing and discussing the guideline about this product, which eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 46. 46 eLearningPapers In-depth includes the following points: a) the product. This is an activity carried out should be sensitive to the needs of the length of the text (usually about 500 by all the participants of the course. students who are not able to attend words); b) if and how the discussion the class; moved from the research question Having products typifying the group initially launched to eventual new work means externalizing the culture of - erson responsible for negotiating the P questions; c) how the final answer was the group and creating further occasion lecture on-demand with the teacher, negotiated. The synthesis clearly aims for self-assessment and reflection upon on behalf of the group. to sustain reflective thinking, and to learning processes. The whole set of roles is meant to provide inputs that will improve the e) Role-taking. In our model, a support positive social interaction, reasoning and inquiry process for the number of roles are proposed and knowledge building, and a sense of next module. A wiki-like tool is highly all of them are aimed at shaping challenge in the students themselves. recommended to build this product. active students. In fact, ideally, each In fact, students find themselves acting The conceptual map can be designed student should always play a role; this in ways they would not normally act, by using specific software or the way, the student can always take the so they experience new ways of being. Microsoft tool to build diagrams, responsibility of some task essential for Role-playing has an impact on self- or even just pencil and paper. The the group and for the whole course. representation, broadens the range map should be about “what” has All roles are meant to interweave the of learning strategies and positions, been discussed, therefore it should process of learning with the acquisition and enriches the identity trajectory. contain the main ideas borne from of abilities and professional skills. So far, Different situations, triggered by the the discussion and the final research the roles tested in our blended courses roles, stress different aspects of the self answer given by the group. This activity are (Spadaro, Sansone, Ligorio, 2009): and produce new identity positioning is useful to improve learning through (Hermans, 2004). Specific discussions - E-tutor, focusing on group about the roles, about how students the recognition of primary concepts management and supporting group of knowledge and the relationships feel when playing them and about how discussion; to improve their efficacy, are available between them (Novak Gowin, 1984). The final maps can be stored in throughout the course. These discussion - Critical friend, designed to promote a folder and students can discuss and forums are presented as crucial cross-group collaboration by reading comment on them. In this manner, moments for the knowledge building and commenting on the activities and reflection on the process of building process. products of a different group; a concept map and on the differences f) E-portfolio and self-assessment. between composing a text and a map - Person responsible for a collaborative In order to support self-evaluation is promoted. This is also a way to allow product (synthesis, map, final product), and metacognitive reflection about students to try out different formats and with the responsibility of guiding the activities performed, students communication modes. the activities necessary to finalize the are required to construct a personal product and of describing it during The final common product can e-portfolio and complete a self- the face-to-face meetings; be different things: a check list, an assessment form, provided by the observational grid, a questionnaire or - Person responsible for taking notes teacher. The e-portfolio can be used in even multimedia. As we have already and/or video clips from face-to-face different ways at different moments: at said, a final module could be devoted meetings and for uploading them the start of the course, students can post entirely to the preparation of this online. Students covering this role their expectations and the goals they eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 47. 47 eLearningPapers Reading and writing Individual reading of the assigned material In-depth Individual writing of a short review following the teacher’s instruction Cross-group discussion involving students reading the same material Collective discussion about the teacher’s comments on the review Pedagogical references: Jigsaw, RT, dialogical perspective, PIM Aim: to develop academic skills in reading and writing Discussing Group discussion about the research question Pedagogical references: PIM and dialogical perspective Aim: to express and compare ideas (both personal and based on the readings) Searching new materials Students search new material that is relevant for the module Pedagogical references: CoL and CoP Aim: to recognize scientific material Building collaborative products Written synthesis of how the group discussed Conceptual map of the main ideas discussed, and the answer to the research question elaborated by the group Pedagogical references: PIM; collaborative knowledge building and externalization Aim: academic skills and practical skills about e-learning (the content of the course) Role-taking E-tutor, critical friend, person responsible for the collaborative products, person responsible for taking notes and/or video clips from face-to-face meetings and for uploading them online. Pedagogical references: scaffolding, CoL, CoP self-development and positioning , Aim: to support active learning and responsibility taking E-portfolio and self-assessment. Opening and maintaining a personal folder Filling in a self-assessment form Pedagogical references: self-assessment and metacognition Aim: to improve skills for self-assessing expectations, activities, collaboration Table 1: The activities composing the BCCP model would like to achieve; and at the end Table 1 presents a synopsis of the to understand the effects of the model, of each module, students should fill in proposed activities, with the annotation we consider crucial the assessment of self-assessment forms and select their of the pedagogical references and their the quality of the discussions around best products of the module; at the end aims. the module-research question. In of the course, students may report their order to assess the discussions around assessment about the course and their The set of activities proposed with our the research question we will present own learning; they can also compare model is designed mainly to support an analysis of one of our courses. their final self-assessment with their active learners and collaborative The assessment of these discussions is initial expectations. knowledge building. In fact, individual focused on understanding if and how learning (by reading and writing) the knowledge building process is The self-evaluation form comprises is the starting point for subsequent progressing. To unravel this point we several questions, through which collaborative activities such as discussing looked at how students picked up the students describe how the activities and preparing group products. Indeed, content offered by the reading materials they performed (reviewing, role- the complex architecture of this and how they elaborated it. taking, online activities, offline blended course allows, simultaneously, meetings, conceptual maps, synthesis) individual work, work within small have contributed to their learning, groups, and large group activity. 4.1 Context and participants both in terms of content and skills. The discussions analyzed here took Self-assessment stimulates students’ place during a course on Educational metacognitive processes and reflection 4. Assessing the BCCP Psychology and e-Learning, offered on their own abilities and skills; model at the University of Bari (Italy) in moreover, it supports the development How can a teacher monitor the efficacy the academic year 2009-2010. This of critical self-evaluation. At the end of the BCCP model? The quality of the particular course lasted 13 weeks and of the course, the teacher takes into products and the amount of presence was divided into five modules. All the account the progress shown in the self- online, checked through specific tools modules were aimed at supporting evaluation filled forms. embedded in the platform, are good a fairly good understanding of what indicators of the students’ learning. But, e-learning means, its main issues and eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 48. 48 eLearningPapers In-depth its problematic aspects. The first four like “As I read …” or “As the teacher common decision was made and 100% modules covered the educational said during the lecture …”; of the agreement was reached. content of the course, while the last one was devoted to the collaborative b) “simple theories”, when students elaborate hypotheses and explanations 4.3 Results building of a grid meant to guide the observation of e-learning courses. The about facts. This level should be assigned Results show that 22.5% of the modules were about a) technology whenever there is a statement like “I interventions were about “facts”, and learning; b) e-learning contents; c) think …” or “My impression is …”; whereas ”simple theories” appeared online identity; and d) new trends. in 40% of the cases, and 32,5% of the c) “complex theories”, representing cases could be considered “complex 16 students – 4 males and 12 females, a deeper level of elaboration and theories”. 22 years old on average – were divided understanding in which students can into two groups of eight participants explain more facts, compare several To understand how these frequencies each. In this particular course ideas, and answer the research question were distributed throughout the students attended eight module-based guiding the module. This level is discussion, we segmented each discussions and produced 511 notes in recognizable when students declare discussion into three periods by simply total. something like “By comparing different looking at the dates of the notes: initial, ideas …” or “I would like to add intermediate and final period. It was something new”. found that the “facts” always reached 4.2 Methods of analysis the highest frequency at the start of A qualitative analysis was used. The aim More than one level could be assigned the discussions (on average 18% more was to gain an in-depth understanding to a single note; in fact, one note could compared to the final part). This level of the content of the notes posted in refer to many levels. Therefore we seems to be aimed at laying out a the forum through a content analysis, segmented the note in as many parts as common ground for the discussion by using a simple categorization that can the levels we could recognize in it. After sharing and reporting the concepts of also be used by teachers to assess in all the notes were analyzed, segmented, the module in the web-discussion. itinere the online discussion. and categorized, we counted the frequency and the percentage of The “simple theories” are the most In particular we considered three levels frequency of each level. frequent level in all the discussions. (Cucchiara Ligorio, 2009), inspired This result may indicate that students by Bereiter and Scardamalia’s (2003) Two researchers first analyzed 10% are indeed able to produce theories, suggestions about the knowledge of the corpus together, to get in tune although they often remain at a simple building process: about the meaning of the levels and level. For students, this is a way to share how to segment the notes. Then, they and test their hypotheses or ideas. a) “facts”, which are information individually assigned the categories collected by reading the educational to the remaining notes. Later they The last level, concerning “complex material or the outcome of past compared the categories assigned theories”, appears mostly at the end of knowledge. This level can be recognized and found an agreement of 85%. The the discussions, when students finalize whenever the student writes something controversial cases were discussed until a their answer to the research question. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 49. 49 eLearningPapers In-depth At this level students are attempting We found that “transaction comments” paramount, as a great occasion to to raise the quality of the ideas by caused: a) on average, 21% of the strengthen the link between theory and comparing and synthesizing the various passages from “facts” to “simple practice. positions that emerged and trying to theories”; b) on average, 32% of the reach a higher level of understanding of passages from “simple theories” level to The structure and the activities the concepts discussed. “complex theories”. composing the model are the result of six years of experimentation during Moreover, in order to understand how This result highlights the social and which many improvements were the discussion shifts from one level to dialogical nature of the discussion, in produced. Furthermore, the model the next, we observed these occurrences that it progresses within the dialectic proved in many ways to be efficient in detail. We found a type of exchange between students and and effective. In this paper we have intervention capable of sustaining such the mutual support they give each presented the method of analyzing the a movement and called it “transaction other. The “transaction comments” discussions about the learning material, comment”. This type of intervention represent a form of help and a scaffold guided by a research question. The seems to be capable of sustaining the explicitly offered to and requested by reason for this choice is the fact that we development of the discussion toward a the students, aimed at stimulating the consider the asynchronous web-forum higher level. The “transaction comment” improvement of ideas (Cucchiara peer discussion to be a very crucial has a specific feature: it does not strictly Ligorio, 2009). aspect of e-learning. But it is not easy refer to the content of the discussion, for teachers and instructors to monitor but it is a discourse strategy, with the This type of result can provide useful its depth and quality. We consider the clear purpose of triggering interactions feedback to teachers and students for analysis we have presented to be a among students. For example, after improving their discursive practices and tool that teachers and instructors can expressing their ideas, students may the online discussion. easily master. By looking at the three ask questions or opinions from their levels we propose (fact, simply theory, peers (i.e. “what do you think about complex theory), the quality of the 5.Conclusions this?”) with the intention of eliciting discussions can be monitored, and by feedback, or obtaining their alliance In this paper we have presented the using the transaction comments, it can or collaboration. The “transaction Blended Collaborative Constructive be advanced. comments” are usually able to push Participation model as a teaching model other participants to comment and for university. The model is built upon contribute to the general discussion. well-established pedagogical principles Often such comments unveil the and attempts to put them into practice. intention to support the development We consider the introduction of and improvement of ideas and the shift technology in university contexts, from one level to the next. where face-to-face meetings are eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 50. 50 eLearningPapers References In-depth ronson, E. Patnoe, S. (1997). The jigsaw classroom: Building cooperation in the classroom (2nd ed.). New York: A Addison Wesley Longman. akhtin, M. (1981). The Dialogic Imagination. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press. B ereiter, C., Scardamalia, M. (2003). Learning to work creatively with knowledge, in De Corte, E.; Verscheffel, L.; B Entwistle, N.; Merrienboer, J.V. (eds.), Powerful learning environments: Unravelling basic components and dimension. Oxford: Elsevier Science. lumenfeld, P B .C., Marx, R.W., Soloway, E., Krajcik, J. (1996). Learning with Peers: from small group cooperation to Collaborative Communities. Educational Research, 25, (8), 37-40. Bonk, C. J., Graham, C. R. (Eds) (2006). The Handbook of Blended Learning: Global Perspectives, Local Designs. San Francisco, CA: Pfeiffer. Brown, A.L. Campione, J.C. (1990). Communities of learning or a content by any other name. In D. Kuhn (ed.), Contribution to human development. (pp. 108-126). New York: Oxford University Press. ahill, J. L. (2011). Implementing online or hybrid courses in a traditional university. eLearning Papers n.º 24, April 2011, C http://www.elearningpapers.eu/en/download/file/fid/22293 han, C.K.K., Van Aalst, J. (2004). Learning, assessment, and collaboration in computer-supported collaborative C learning. In J. W. Strijbos, P Kirschner, R. Martens (Eds.), What we know about CSCL: and implementing it in higher . education (pp. 87-112). Kluwer Academic Publishers. ucchiara, S., Ligorio, M.B., (2009). From facts to theories: a case study. Paper presented at Knowledge Building C Summer Institute. Palma de Mallorca, 29 August - 3 September 2009. Dillenbourg, P (1999). What do you mean by collaborative learning? In P Dillenbourg (Ed.) Collaborative-learning: Cognitive . . and Computational Approaches (pp.1-19). Oxford, UK: Elsevier. akkarainen, K., Lipponen, L., Järvela, S. (2002). Epistemology of inquiry and computer-supported collaborative H learning. In T.D. Koshmann et al (Eds), CSCL 2: Carrying Forward the Conversation (pp. 129-156). Mahwah, N.J.: Laurence Erlbaum Associates. ermans, H. (2004). Mediated identity in the emerging digital age: A dialogical perspective. Identity: An international H Journal of theory and research, 4(4), 297-405. Kershaw, A. (1996). People, planning, and process: The acceptance of technological innovation in post-secondary organizations. Educational Technology, 44-48. igorio, M.B., Loperfido, F ., Sansone, N., Spadaro, P . (2010). Blending educational models to design blended L .F .F activities. In D. Persico F Pozzi (eds.)Techniques for Fostering Collaboration in Online Learning Communities: Theoretical . and Practical Perspectives (pp.64-81) IGI Global. igorio, M. B., Sansone, N. (2009). Structure of a Blended University course: Applying Constructivist principles to a L blended course, in C. R. Payne (Ed.) Information Technology and Constructivism in Higher Education: Progressive Learning Frameworks. London, IGI Global, pp. 216-230. Nkonge, B., Gueldenzoph, L. E. (2006). Best practices in online education: Implications for policy and practice. Business Education Digest, (15), 42-53. Novak, J. D., Gowin, D. B. (1984). Learning how to learn. New York and Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. O’Neill, K., Singh, G., O’Donoghue, J. (2004). Implementing eLearning Programmes for Higher Education: A Review of the Literature. Journal of Information Technology Education V.3, 313-323. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 51. 51 eLearningPapers alincsar, A. S., Brown, A. L. (1984). Reciprocal teaching of comprehension-fostering and comprehension-monitoring P activities. Cognition and Instruction, 2, 117-175. In-depth W. M. (2009). Dialogism: A Bakhtinian Perspective on Science and Learning. Rotterdam: Sense Publisher. Roth, Scardamalia, M., Bereiter, C. (1994). Computer Support for Knowledge-Building Communities. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 3(3), 256-283. Singh, G., O’Donoghue, J, Worton, H. (2005). A Study Into The Effects Of eLearning On Higher Education. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice. padaro, P F Sansone, N., Ligorio, M. B. (2009). Role-taking for Knowledge Building in a Blended Learning course. S . ., Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society, 5 (3), 11-21. olery, T., Lord, D. (2000). Critical success factors in online education. The International Journal of Education V Management, 14 (5), 216 – 223. aks, L. J. (2007). The concept of fundamental educational change. Educational Theory, 57(3), 277-295. Retrieved from W http://proquest.umi.com.proxy1.ncu.edu/?did=1380272801 sid=1Fmt=3clientId=52110RQT=309VName=PQD enger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice. Learning, Meaning and Identity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. W eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 52. From the field Experiences with technologies in learning environments n in g K nowledge-building: Designing for learning using social and participatory media r C reating Invitational Online Learning a Environments Using Art-Based Learning e s Interventions L r e e rning pap ers.e u p lea ww.e a w P eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 53. 53 eLearningPapers Knowledge-building: From the field Designing for learning using social and participatory media [ ] content, and the harnessing of This report presents the results of a classroom action research that looked collective intelligence which Mason at how one teacher redesigned her curriculum while integrating social (2008, p. 155) describes as a mismatch media, Web 2.0 and face-to-face teaching in an Australian public high between centralised control (traditional school. course design) and increased user control (course design reflecting Web It explores the qualities that social and participatory media bring to the 2.0 practice). This is a time where classroom while focussing on students as active and valued participants in pervasive media and a technology the learning process. Building knowledge using the uniqueness of social landscape is becoming increasingly media enabled students to become active and valued resources for both global, participatory and connected, the teacher and their peers. Designing for learning is a key challenge one in which learners and teachers facing education today; this case offers ideas for learning designers and can increasingly become creators of contributes to a research base that can support educators from all sectors. knowledge rather than mere consumers of prepared messages and ideas (Jacobsen Introduction found, venturing beyond the walls of 2010). the classroom, to design learning that Schools at present are justifiably wary Today’s youth are growing up in a digital involves knowledge-building activities, of social media in their classroom. world. Where and how they learn is is well supported by the integration of Over the last four years the researcher changing as mobile learning and social online social media, Web 2.0 and face- has been using social media in her networking become part of their every to-face teaching; producing a flexible classroom and, as a result, provided day life. As a result of this phenomenon, student-centred environment. students with an environment involving what it means to teach and learn is changing as new technologies make Course design using Web 2.0 more freedom and flexibility than the it possible to easily tap into the technologies needs to be seen as traditional classroom. A major issue of knowledge and skills that students ‘emergent’ (Mason 2008, p. 155). concern is that teachers are not available bring with them into the classroom. When designing the projects used to monitor students twenty-four hours Valuing their often hidden talents can throughout this research the teacher/ a day, seven days a week; hence, an be a difficult task within a high school researcher incorporated concepts of element of trust and understanding curriculum program. As this research student empowerment, user generated must be built. For some young people, Tags social and participatory media, online learning, knowledge-building, classroom action research, secondary school Author Gail Casey, Deakin University, Greelong, Oceania [ +] Acknowledgement The author would like to thank her Deakin PhD Supervisor, Professor Terry Evans, for his ongoing assistance throughout the study and acknowledge the quality of his advice. Languages cz da de bg et el es fr it lv lt hu nl pl pt ro sk sl fi sv eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 54. 54 eLearningPapers From the field     Semester 2, 2010 classroom Ning Semester 1 2011 classroom Ning   Semester 2, 2011 classroom Ning Screen clipping taken: 19/10/2011 Screen clipping taken: 19/10/2011 Screen clipping taken: 19/10/2011 Figure 1: Visitors recorded on each of the three online Nings used during the research monitoring their own developed online Web 2.0. The data was collected over that does not merely emulate the work site for new activity or comment can approximately 18 months commencing of mature scholars or designers but become a seemingly addictive pastime July, 2010 and was collected from all that substantively advances the state of but as Mason (2008, p. 70) discusses, of the teacher/researchers semester knowledge in the classroom community there are many advantages in using the long-classes. The teacher/researcher and situates it within the larger societal unique qualities of social media when in taught 7 semester-length classes during knowledge building effort (Scardamalia the classroom: they require students to the first semester and 5 during the Bereiter 2006). By using one online participate, think, contribute and become second semester. The third semester of Ning each semester as a shared social active in their learning. data collection was still in progress at networked classroom the teacher/ the time of writing this paper. Students researcher could observe the building Research Design were aged between 13 and 16 years and sharing of knowledge that occurred of age and the average class size was through formal teacher directed projects This research is a qualitative study 25. All students during the first two and informal student directed activities. investigating emergence, connections semesters of data collection were from One could also monitor the visitors to and designs for learning. The one Year 7 to 12 co-educational public the Ning from around the world. At connections now being made, outside high school in Geelong, Australia. times classes engaged in global projects the classroom, with social media and Students were predominantly from but the Ning was not used directly for learning, demonstrate that what it means mid-range socioeconomic backgrounds these. It is interesting however, to see to teach and learn is changing. The and the school student population was the selection of wider audience shown researcher combined Graham Nuthall’s approximately 900. The data collected in Figure 1 which shows the automated (2007) “lens on learning” with Luckin’s included teacher planning documents, visitor maps for each of the 3 Nings (2010) knowledge building pedagogy field notes, student work, end-of-week at the time of writing this paper (each to help her conceptualise and analyse reflections, mid-term and end-of-term computer’s unique identifier ensures data whilst making links to social reflections as well as critical friend that any one computer is only registered constructivist teaching in addition to and peer feedback. Students used once). This perhaps shows some work chaos and complexity theories. pseudonyms when online which they towards building, what Scardamalia and This study uses an action research could change at any time hence they Bereiter call, societal knowledge. method. The researcher is a PhD student often could not identify who a student Throughout this research, students as well as the classroom teacher and uses was or from which class they were a were faced with a wide range of tools Armstrong and Moore’s (2004, p. 13) member. which encouraged them to think, framework of the action research spiral create and share. Multimodal methods which explicitly seeks to encourage inclusive processes through research Designing for learning - of learning were at their fingertips and knowledge building new literacies became part of the day- design, practice and process, and research to-day learning cycle. Some examples outcomes. This action research cycle Knowledge building pedagogy is based of student work follow and are drawn included the designing of learning on the premise that authentic, creative from the large quantity of data collected experiences that combined social knowledge work can take place in as students used a wide range of Web media with face-to-face teaching and school classrooms – knowledge work 2.0 tools. These included: eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 55. 55 eLearningPapers From the field   Figure 2: Animated podcast made by a student using a ‘Voki’ for an Internet Safety project, http://ghs2010.ning.com/group/internetsafety?groupUrl=internetsafetyid=6203891%3AGroup%3A4 301xg_pw=page=2#comments Screen clipping taken: 17/10/2011, 4:28 PM • Survey generators: http://polldaddy.com/ • Picture podcasting: http://voicethread.com/ • http://www.voki.com/ • http://blabberize.com/ • Photo editing: http://www.picnik.com/ • http://click7.org/image-mosaic-generator/?create • http://zoom.it/arOi • Word clouds: http://www.tagxedo.com/ • http://www.wordle.net/ • Cartoon makers: http://www.toondoo.com/ • http://www.makebeliefscomix.com/ • Movie making with copyright free music: http://animoto.com/ • Animation creators: http://www.xtranormal.com/watch/6919105/identity-theft-2 • Picture globe generator: http://taggalaxy.de/ • Picture editor: http://www.picnik.com/ • Mind mapping: https://bubbl.us/ • http://www.wallwisher.com/ • Real world pictures: http://www.google.com/earth/index.html • http://photosynth.net/ • http://maps.google.com/ • Timeline creator: http://www.timetoast.com/ • QR code generator: http://www.mobile-barcodes.com/qr-code-generator/ • Data visualization: http://ghs2011.ning.com/group/datavisualisation Knowledge-building represents an civilisation-wide knowledge and to Internet safety message onto the screen attempt to refashion education in make their classroom work a part of it. which was read aloud by the animated a fundamental way (Scardamalia This is a shift from treating students as character when their work was Bereiter 2006, p. 97) so that it becomes learners and inquirers to treating them published. Students were keen to hear a coherent effort to initiate students as members of a knowledgbe building each others Voki and struggling students into a knowledge-creating culture. community (Scardamalia Bereiter quickly understood the requirements of The following discussion of student 2006, p. 98). the task by watching the work of their work provide examples of students not Figure 2 shows a screen clip of an peers. Learning occurred not only by only developing knowledge-building animated podcast made by a Year 7 (13 students producing their own work but competencies but also coming to see year old) student during an Internet by listening to the work of others. themselves and their work as part of, safety project. This was made using a Figure 3 shows a 30 second long video what Scardamalia and Bereiter call, ‘Voki’ at http://www.voki.com/ made online by a Year 7 student using the civilisation-wide effort to advance and this can be heard by following the Animoto (http://animoto.com/) knowledge frontiers. In this context, the link below the screen clip. The work during a digital footprints project. integration of social media, Web 2.0 and involved students choosing an animated By using Animoto the student could face-to-face teaching became a realistic character followed by them choosing upload their own still pictures and select means for students to connect with this a character voice. They then typed an from a wide variety of music which eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 56. 56 eLearningPapers From the field Figure3: Video clip made by a student using ‘Animoto’ for a digital footprints project, http://ghs2010.ning.com/group/digitalfootprints, Screen clipping taken: 17/10/2011, 4:28 PM is free of copyright to add to their to become part of a community of world. Examples of this can be seen video. Students enjoyed watching the learners with her students. in Figure 4, 5 and 6 where students created works of their peers and this Social media are about the content and connect with each other through motivated them to learn the concepts the building of a sense of community. projects that contained elements that of the project, complete the task Using a social network, such as a Ning, related to their real lives. When students and to integrate their own creativity, in the classroom allowed the teacher/ shared their analysis and published knowledge and skills. researcher not only to incorporate work online, it supported students multimedia and multimodal texts in a variety of ways. Some students Designing for learning but also to share these quickly and used it as a support structure for their - Integrating Social and easily, providing a collaborative own work and others engaged in a Participatory Media with Face-to- learning environment for students comparison with their own work while Face teaching to communicate. By incorporating some preferred to provide critical social media into the day-to-day lives commentary. All students are different Many students, in the developed world, of students in the classroom, new and as Luckin (2010, p. 173) points come with knowledge that enables literacies, that are becoming part of out; “we need to pause and consider them to create, connect and form a students’ out-of-school lives, were also how we might take more of a learner’s partnership in the learning process; easily incorporated. These concepts are resources into account when designing but these are not widely used in the supported by many academics including technology-rich learning activity and, as classroom, as discussed by Thomas and Alvarez (2001), Fletcher, (2007) Glover a result, how we may do better by our Brown. and Oliver (2008) and Hahn (2008). learners”. “The kind of learning that will Academic interest in the consequences Figure 4 is a screen clip showing a define the twenty-first century is not of the use of technology and the use of student’s published analysis and graph taking place in a classroom – at least media in the expansion of knowledge of the data they collected on how not in today’s classroom. Rather, it is and the development of learning and they spend their time during a specific happening all around us, everywhere, pedagogy, have shifted away from the week; this student’s pseudonym was and it is powerful”. (p. 17) linear issues of ‘use’ and ‘outcomes’ to ‘Mouse’ at the time the screen clip was Authentic integration of ICT is more nuanced concerns with the design taken. Through this project, students important if one is to think differently and evaluation of learning technologies, gained a deeper understanding of about learning and to explore ways to as well as the social complexities of themselves and their daily lives as well reproduce some of Thomas and Brown’s their use (Selwyn Loliver 2011). as an awareness of how they differ from ideas of twenty-first century powerful their peers. Students were not only Luckin (2010, p. 169), when discussing learning. Throughout her research, engaged but motivated to gain the skills new opportunities for learning, the teacher/researcher found that she and knowledge which allowed them describes the increased connectivity had to, at times, “unlearn” many of to collect, create, publish and compare between people and between the her traditional teaching practices and themselves with others because this physical and virtual realities of their enabled them to connect, converse eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 57. 57 eLearningPapers From the field and share this information with their peers online. This was one of a number of occasions when students achieved a series of very complicated processes; processes that would normally take them up to five periods (250 minutes) to complete were completed in only one or two periods (up to 100 minutes). During these occasions a buzz existed in the classroom and students would be out of their seat asking each other for help, comparing notes and being enthusiastically supportive to their peers. The online medium also offered alternatives which helped some students avoid the face-to-face shyness and awkwardness of other modes of sharing such as exchanging physical sheets of paper, moving into physical groups and standing out the front of the classroom presenting PowerPoint slides. When discussing our networked society, Bonk (2009, p. 327) asserts that this new economy now includes multiple voices and viewpoints that can be raised, debated and extended, based on personal experiences and observations. But who helps to ready our students for such an economy? Figures 5 and 6 are screen clips from the classroom Ning showing examples of these multiple voices. These voices provided supportive and constructive   peer feedback that continued to evolve over time through the action research cycle. The teacher/researcher believes that she had far greater success with Figure 4: How I spend my time project – students collected their own data which they published developing student voices online when communicated online. comparing peer feedback with her eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 58. 58 eLearningPapers From the field face-to-face classroom. When using student face-to-face feedback, often students would quickly loose interest in their peers’ work and provided little if any constructive feedback; class time given to this type of activity usually led to students being distracted from the task. Students in Figure 5 produced ‘supporting’ materials for their peers and in return their peers provided feedback to support improvement of work, as can be seen in the number of replies in the screen clip. The Ning   provided a mechanism for students to share their skills and knowledge, to help others, and hence not only to become active in the teaching and learning process but to become Figure 5: The number of peer replies to student made help videos varied depending on the video topic and how long the video took to publish. valued participants. Students became increasingly aware of their online voices, and their growth as digital citizens was essential as the research progressed. Figure 6 shows a screen clip of three examples of peer feedback and some initial peer assessment. For a student to be able to provide this type of feedback they must have an understanding of the requirements of the task and what their peer has done as well as how their feedback will help their peer achieve success. This type of assessment   was kept simple and students were expected to give a high (H), medium (M) or low (L) assessment to three of Figure 6: Students giving peers feedback and assessment. their peers. Students generally found it easy to understand the concept of; a low, not complete and little effort; high, complete and enjoyable to view; and wordy descriptions of assessment and students were able to learn from medium, not high or low. This type expectations. The Ning social network each other using the open publishing of assessment moved the teacher/ enabled student feedback and nature of the online social networking researcher away from detailed rubrics assessment to be open but supportive system. Training students to critique and eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 59. 59 eLearningPapers From the field assess continued to be a challenging and and to see, in ways which could be group. This meant that one or two evolving process. used as models for other students. interest-grabbing ideas would not be • Students produced help tutorials to sufficient to sustain the process and Conclusion support the learning of others and actually changing the way student connected learning occurred; hence, the learning occurred in the classroom, Building a shared framework for class frame of thought moved past the using resources both physical and learning was made possible by using concept of ‘cheating’ and into a shared online, was essential. It was also essential the action research cycle to develop framework of learning. that the teacher gave ground to the different ways for students to construct students, learnt with the students and and share their skills and knowledge. To monitor and participate in the Ning learnt from the students. This included using their phones to required an increase in the teacher’s scan, take pictures and upload content. work time. As a partial counter-balance, There has been much research done During one semester, there were more it was found that the teacher/researcher on teaching and learning in the than 150 students sharing the one Ning successfully reduced her time spent traditional classroom. In the normal and these students made more than on correction by implementing peer context of the classroom even the forty online student directed groups and self-assessment with students and most experienced, sensitive teacher where, within the normal school rules by making more effective use of her is unable to measure how students of behaviour, they were able to express classroom observations. This led to a internalise and make sense of classroom themselves freely. Students needed valuable triangulation of assessment activities (Collins O’Toole 2006, support and scaffolding, not only to data. Reviewing many of the screen p. 609). Graham Nuthall’s research, assist them in helping their peers in the clips collected in this study, one can as discussed by Collins and O’Toole, learning process, but also to understand see the diversity of roles and activities shows that, what matters to teachers and embed the wide range of Web 2.0 in which the students engaged. Initial is that they provided their students tools. The teacher was also new to many analysis of the research data suggests with positive experiences, that there of these practices and needed to work that by combining Web 2.0, face-to- was a good atmosphere in their classes, with the students as partners in the face teaching and social media, where that students felt safe and successful in learning process. students made online friends and used their learning activities, that personal pseudonyms, has changed the way they difficulties could be worked out and • tudents came with knowledge and S work, communicate and learn but as that life was happy and good for them skills and were encouraged to use and Hattie (2008, p. 240) reminds us, the and their students. Nuthall’s research further develop these as well as to beliefs and conceptions held by teachers challenges educators to value these but share them. need to be questioned – not because to also move to accepting responsibility • ocial networking was used to enable S for greater student understanding. This they are wrong (or right) but because students to become the resources for is fundamental to effective teaching the essence of good teaching is that their peers. and learning and the challenge is teacher expectations and conceptions • eer-to-peer feedback was set up P must be subjected to debate, refutation to have students demonstrate their so that each student had 3 peers to and investigation. It is of note that understanding in practice (Collins provide feedback for improvement this research is of an extended process O’Toole 2006, p. 609). Social and and assessment. where ‘engagement’ would not be participatory media allows more than • ork was presented via a range of W sufficient. It was not a trial of a ‘good just the teacher to be the judge of this media and published, for all to share idea’ over a week or two, but lasting understanding of practice. almost six months with each student eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 60. 60 eLearningPapers From the field References Alvarez, MC (ed.) 2001, Developing Critical and Imaginative Thinking within electronic literacy, What adolescents deserve : a commitment to students’ literacy learning, International Reading Association, Newark, Del. Armstrong, F Moore, M 2004, ‘Action research: developing inclusive practice and transforming cultures’, in F Armstrong M Moore (eds), Action research for inclusive education : changing places, changing practice, changing minds, RoutledgeFalmer, London ; New York pp. 1-16. onk, CJ 2009, The world is open : how Web technology is revolutionizing education, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco. B Collins, S O’Toole, V 2006, ‘The use of Nuthall’s unique methodology to better understand the realities of children’s classroom experience’, Teaching and Teacher Education, vol. 22, pp. 592-611. Fletcher, GH 2007, ‘Bloggers welcome here: social networking tools appear poised to enter the school system. It’s a breakthrough long overdue.(commentary)’, T H E Journal (Technological Horizons In Education), vol. 34, no. 11, p. 8(1). Glover, I Oliver, A 2008, ‘Hybridisation of Social Networking and Learning Environments’, in World Conference on Educational Multimedia, Hypermedia and Telecommunications 2008, Vienna, Austria, pp. 4951-8. Hahn, J 2008, ‘Born Digital: Understanding the First Generation of Digital Natives’, Library Journal, vol. 133, no. 13, p. 105. Hattie, J 2008, Visible learning : a synthesis of meta-analyses relating to achievement, Routledge, London : New York. acobsen, M 2010, ‘A Special Issue of the Canadian Journal of Learning and Technolgy on Knowledge Building’, Canadian J Journal of Learning Technology, vol. 36, no. 1, pp. 1-4. uckin, R 2010, Re-designing learning contexts : technology-rich, learner-centred ecologies, Routledge, New York. L ason, R 2008, E-learning and social networking handbook : resources for higher education, Routledge, New York. M Nuthall, G 2007, The hidden lives of learners, New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington, N.Z. Scardamalia, M Bereiter, C 2006, ‘Knowledge Building: Theory, Pedagogy, and Technology’, in K Sawyer (ed.), The Cambridge Handbook of the Learning Sciences, Cambridge University Press, New York, pp. 97-115. Selwyn, N Loliver, M 2011, ‘Editorial’, Learning, Media and Technology, vol. 36, no. 1, pp. 1-3. Thomas, D Brown, J, S 2011, A new Culture of Learning : Cultivating the Imagination for a World of Constant Change, amazon.com, Charleston, USA. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 61. 61 eLearningPapers Creating Invitational Online Learning From the field Environments Using Art-Based Learning Interventions [ ] Effective online learning environments are inviting; infused with respect, Arts-Based Learning trust, intentionality, and optimism (Purkey, 2007). Arts-based learning Interventions interventions like Reflective Poetry, Minute at the Movies Analysis, “Our The arts-based learning interventions Community” Soap Scenes, and Theme Songs facilitate invitational online described include elements of literature, classes. These inexpensive, adaptable interventions enhance learning drama, and music. environments by encouraging human connections and creativity. Reflective Poetry. Online learners are invited to create poems that distill a Online learning environments should (Calman, 2005), dialogue (Calman), complex or abstract course concept into be inviting. Arts-based learning and engagement of affect (Mareno, a few carefully chosen words. Poems interventions enhance human 2006). Perry, Edwards, Menzies, and provide unique avenues of expression connections in online classrooms, and Janzen (2011) found APTs increased of emotion, feeling, and attitude. van help create an invitational atmosphere quality of interactions, enhanced sense Manan (1990) noted that poems do infused with respect, trust, intentionality, of community, furthered application not require a summary as they are the and optimism (Purkey, 2007). Artistic of course content, and helped learners summary. In this way poems allow, pedagogical technologies (APTs), establish group identity in online even force, writers to be concise and learning strategies founded in the courses. precise. Creating a poem requires the arts, (Perry Edwards. 2010) include poet to engage in reflection regarding literary, visual, musical, or drama This report describes APTs that we developed and used in online graduate the topic of the poem. Students elements. The worth of the arts as share their poems with the class in a teaching tools has been recognized in courses to create invitational learning environments. Reflective Poetry, virtual poetry reading, and instructors face-to-face education (Kleiman, 2008). invite comments furthering reflective Paintings, photography, literature, poetry, Minute at the Movies Analysis, “Our Community” Soap Scenes, and Course thinking. music, and drama have contributed positively to the in-person classroom Theme Songs are described. Analysis, We have trialled different types of educational experience. Outcomes based on invitational theory, concludes poems; parallel, reflective, and Haiku. include reflection, (Darbyshire, the article. With parallel poems instructors provide 1994) , safe learning environments, learners with a poem (written by the Tags invitational online learning environment, artistic pedagogical technology, arts-based teaching, reflective poetry Authors Beth Perry, Faculty of Health Disciplines. Athabasca University [ +] Katherine J. Janzen, Faculty of Health and Community Studies. Mount Royal University [ +] Margaret Edwards, Faculty of Health Disciplines. Athabasca University [ +] Languages cz da de bg et el es fr it lv lt hu nl pl pt ro sk sl fi sv eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 62. 62 eLearningPapers From the field instructor or selected from published poetry) on a course theme. Students are challenged to write a poem that parallels the instructors’ poem in topic, rhythm, form, and cadence. With reflective poems instructors provide students with a course theme and ask them to create a poem of any style related to their experience with this theme. Another poetic intervention, “Haiku it!,” invites students to condense a course discussion or reading into a Haiku—a poem of seventeen syllables—in three lines of five, seven, and five. One student response to the “Haiku it!” challenge condensed a discussion of Figure 1 organizational change: In change fear lives large No one knows what comes for them Tomorrow quivers and style.YouTube offers instructors a individuals who are members of the searchable library of movie trailers. imagined community. For example, Minute at the Movies Analysis. if the graduate course was targeted at This activity uses a video trailer from Movie clips introduce stories that grade school teachers learning about a movie related to a course topic. may help students understand related collaboration, the community of Students view the trailer and are theory. A movie story may teach characters created might include grade provided questions that aid them in principles and theories, helping students school teachers, parents, students, and their reflection regarding the actions gain both knowledge and attitudinal school administrators. Each community of a movie character that illustrate shifts. Actors’ actions also provide member has a Facebook-like profile. the topic. For example, in a course role-modelling. Using movie trailers (see Figure 1) The profiles are part of on effective leadership students might provides manageable sized content for the course materials. Throughout the be encouraged to review movie clips downloading, and the short highlights course, various community members from Twelve Angry Men—a movie help to focus discussion around specific are featured in scenarios that illustrate demonstrating influence as one man’s stories/theories. course concepts or create a storyline “leadership” causes the opinion of a to stimulate class discussion. The often whole room of people to change, or “Our Community” Soap Scenes. melodramatic nature of scenarios Dead Poet’s Society where one teacher- This learning intervention combines reflects the title of the learning activity leader demonstrates various leadership the drama of soap opera scenarios “soap scenes.” strategies with a group at a boys’ school. with Facebook-like profiles of These clips provide starting points created characters. The instructor As the course proceeds and community for discussion of leadership approach creates profiles of approximately 10 members are integrated into class eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 63. 63 eLearningPapers From the field discussions, students begin to regard Conclusions class colleagues, the sense of trust and the fictitious community members respect is heightened. Learning environments affect student as part of the course and refer to learning (Haigh, 2008). Arts-based 2. Group optimism gives rise to a sense their actions and attributes in other learning interventions may help create that anything is possible. This optimism course discussions. Students may invitational learning environments, is fueled by success. With APTs students create additional member profiles, and infused with trust, respect, optimism, are told there are no right or wrong blank profile templates are provided and intentionality (Purkey, 2007). Trust answers; all participation is embraced to facilitate this. Some students create recognizes humans as interdependent. as valuable. Diversity and creativity self-profiles adding themselves to the Respect recognizes people are able, are encouraged. The class community community. valuable, and responsible. Optimism gradually develops optimism Course Theme Song. Using course focuses on the limitlessness of human (evidenced as confidence) that furthers theme songs adds music to online potential; intentionality recognizes that participation and individual and courses. Music evokes emotion, and a deliberate actions are required to create collective learning. theme song (used strategically during invitational environments (2007). the course) may provide learners with 3. Utilizing APTs, online course Why do the APTs of Reflective designers/instructors can easily, a community-building commonality. A Poetry, Minute at the Movies Analysis, inexpensively, and intentionally link to the theme song can be offered “Our Community” Soap Scenes, and take action to enhance learning at the beginning or end of course units Theme Songs positively influence the environments. APTs do not require and/or at challenging junctures as a invitational nature of the classroom? We additional software or programming. means of motivation and focus. propose the following: APTs can be adapted for multiple Choosing an appropriate theme course topics, cultures, and teaching and 1. Before trust and respect can be song is difficult as people appreciate learning styles. established participants must become different genres of music. Avoiding acquainted. Sharing self-authored potentially distracting or offensive lyrics poems, and movie choices and insights is important. Up-tempo, instrumental reveals personal qualities, values, songs are safer choices. Online open biases, and priorities. APTs provide an source (royalty free) databases of acceptable avenue for self-disclosure music such as www.jamendo.com are that allows familiarity to be enhanced. available. Alternatively, students may People get to know one another. choose the theme song which can be As students take risks, participate a team-building activity. A theme song in challenging activities, expose used in an online graduate course is vulnerabilities and emotions, and find “Destiny” available at http://www. sharing received non-judgementally by jamendo.com/en/track/702401. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 64. 64 eLearningPapers From the field References Calman, K.C. (2005). The arts and humanities in health and medicine. Public Health, 119, 958-9. Darbyshire, P (1994). Understanding caring through arts and humanities: A medical/nursing humanities approach to . promoting alternative experiences of thinking and learning. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 19, 856-863. Kind, P Destiny. The Fallen Angel, retrieved October 14, 2011 from . http://www.jamendo.com/en/track/702401 Haigh, M. (2008). Coloring in the emotional language of place. Journal of Invitational Theory and Practice, 14, 25-40. Kleiman, P (2008). Towards transformation: conceptions of creativity in higher education. Innovations in Education and . Teaching International, 45(3), 209-217. Mareno, N. A. (2006). A nursing course with the great masters. Nursing Education Perspectives, 27(4), 182-183. Perry, B., Edwards, M. (2010). Creating a culture of community in the online classroom using artistic pedagogical technologies. Using Emerging Technologies in Distance Education. G. Veletsianos (Ed.). Edmonton, AB: AU Press. Perry, B., Edwards, M., Menzies, C., Janzen, K. (2011). Using Invitational Theory to Understand the Effectiveness of Artistic Pedagogical Technologies in Creating an Invitational Classroom in the Online Educational Milieu. Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on e-Learning (ICEL), Kelowna, BC, June 27-28. Purkey, W. W. (2007). An introduction to invitational theory, retrieved October 15, 2011 from www.invitationaleducation.net/ie/ie_intro2.htm an Manen, M. (1990). Researching lived experience: Human science for an action sensitive pedagogy. London, ON: v Althouse. eLearning Papers www.elearningpapers.eu Special edition Credits Contents Editorial Board Guidelines for submissions Editorial
  • 65. ear sning eL er learn ingpape rs.eu Papal edition .e www eci Sp eLearning Papers is an online journal highlighting the latest trends in the area, published five times a year, offering an executive summary of each article, translated in 21 languages. eLearning Papers is free of charge, available at its own domain: www.elearningpapers.eu www.elearningeuropa.info portal is an initiative of the European Commission’s Directorate-General for Education and Culture, aiming to promote the use of ICT for lifelong learning. The site offers the latest information, tools and resources developed around three main services: Directory, Newsletter and the online journal eLearning Papers. www.elearningeuropa.info is an open platform where the players and communities using it can obtain information, share experiences, present their projects and discuss ideas. elearningeuropa.info eLearning Papers Special Edition edited by An initiative of the European Commission